APVD BLD PLN BLD2024-1625+Mechanical_Plan+12.10.2024_1.56.12_PM+46627411 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 9 10 11
..
M.
LL
w
0
0
a
SHEETINDEX
ARCHITECTURAL
ALL WORK SUBJECT
A0.01 COVER SHEET
A1.10 LIFE SAFETY PLAN
A2.11 DEMOLITION FLOOR AND CEILING PLANS
A2.12 FLOOR PLAN AND CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 2
A2.42 FINISH PLAN - LEVEL 2
TO FIELD
A3.10 DOOR SCHEDULE /PARTITION TYPES &DETAILS
INSPECTION FOR
MECHANICAL
M0.01 MECHANICAL LEGEND S NOTES &SCHEDULES
M0.02 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
HEALTHCARE
REALTYCODE
COMPLIANCE
M0.03 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M1.01 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN -LEVEL 2
M2.01 MECHANICAL REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
M2.02 MECHANICAL VENTILATION REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
M3.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M3.02 MECHANICAL DETAILS & DIAGRAMS
M4.01 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SWEDISH EDMONDS
PHP/10P
M4.02 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBING
A PROV D
P0.01 PLUMBING LEGENDS NOTES & SCHEDULES
P1.01 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 2
P2.01 PLUMBING REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
P3.01 PLUMBING DETAILS
ELECTRICAL
P ANS Mt..]ST
E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS & NOTES
E0.02 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
E0.03 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E1.01 LEVEL TWO POWER & SIGNAL DEMOLITION PLAN
E1.02 LEVEL TWO POWER & SIGNAL REMODEL PLAN
ON J0 SIT
E2.01 LEVEL TWO LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
E2.02 LEVEL TWO LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN
E3.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E4.01 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
21701 76TH AVE W
Plan sheets reviewed are in clouded area.
All other pages are for reference only.
SUITE 200
City Of Edmonds
EDMONDS, WA 98026
Building Department
Work MECHANICAL
Address 21701 76TH AVE W #200
Owner HEALTHCARE REALTY
...................................
Approved Date 12/30/2024
DOH/PERMIT/BID SET
Building Official Erica _C4wf&r
DOH CRS #61616142
Permit Number
6 L D2024-1625
PROJECT NOTES
PROJECT TEAM
VICINITY MAP
PROJECT INFORMATION
1. THESE DRAWINGS AND THE ACCOMPANYING SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF TGB ARCHITECTS AND ARE NOT TO BE COPIED OR REUSED
OWNER:
a
SCOPE OF WORK
FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT.
HEALTHCARE REALTY
OWNER CONTACT:
RYAN YOUNGMAN
c
REMODEL OF EXISTING CLINIC SPACE INTO A TREATMENT FACILITY FOR PHP/IOP. WORK TO INCLUDE A NEW GROUP
2. DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PREPARED FROM DATA AND DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER TO THE ARCHITECT. THE ARCHITECT HAS VERIFIED
EXISTING CONDITIONS TO THE BEST OF THEIR ABILITY. THE ARCHITECT ISSUES NO WARRANTY, NEITHER EXPRESSED NOR IMPLIED, FOR THE
3310 WEST END AVENUE, SUITE 700
NASHVILLE, TN 37203
206-495-7226
RYONGMAN@HEALTHCAREREALTY.COM
a
ROOM, ACTIVITIES ROOM, WORK ROOMS AND OFFICES INCLUDING ASSOCIATED MECHANICAL (HVAC), ELECTRICAL,
AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. NO STRUCTURAL WORK. NO EXTERIOR WORK.
ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION INDICATED HEREIN.
APPROX 2,964 SQ FT
3. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY OF EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT ARE CONTRARY TO THOSE REPRESENTED WITHIN THE
DRAWINGS OR WHERE DIMENSIONS VARY GREATER THAN 2" THAN THOSE SHOWN IN DRAWINGS.
TENANT:
Swedish Edmonds 216th St. SW
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
4. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS FOR INFECTION CONTROL DURING COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO
PROVIDENCE PHP-IOP
1124 COLUMBIA, SUITE 210
TENANT CONTACT:
EILEEN GOTTENMOELLER
573-690-4031
SOLNERS 5 ACRE TRACTS BLK 000 D-02 - W 270.03FT OF S 1/2 TR 27 LESS S 189.62FT & AMP; LESS RD ON W TGW E
39.36FT OF S 1/2 LOT 27 EXC S 30FT THOF & AMP; TGW W 86.68FT OF S 1/2 LOT 28 EXC S 30FT THOF & AMP; TGW N
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
SEATTLE, WA 98104
EILEEN.GOTTEN MOELLER@PROVIDEN CE.ORG
1/2 OF FDP S 1/2 OF TR 28 EXC W 86.68FT THOF & AMP; EXC E 126.04FT THOF & AMP; EXC S 30FT THOF FOR RD
5. PROVIDE 24" SQUARE ACCESS PANELS OR OF SIZES REQUIRED WHERE PLUMBING AND HEATING VALVES, WATER SWITCHES, OXYGEN PRESSURE
TAX PARCEL NUMBER
SWITCHES, VENTILATION SPUTTER DAMPERS, ETC. ARE SHOWN ON PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. SUCH ACCESS PANELS TO BE
INSTALLED IN THE FOLLOWING:A) GWBBOARD CEILINGS) METAL STUD AND MASONRY PARTITIONS.
ARCHITECT:
Q
005807-000-027-02
TGB ARCHITECTS
PROJECT LEAD: GINA DAIS
21701 76th Ave W
6. WALL ASSEMBLIES MUST BE MAINTAINED AT ALL RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS AND ALL RECESSED EQUIPMENT.
21911 76TH AVE W, SUITE 210
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE: KENT GREGORY
425-778-1530
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ)
7. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN(S) FOR LOCATIONS.
EDMONDS, WA 98026
GDAIS@TGBArchitects.com
CITY OF EDMONDS
8. ALL SHAFT PARTITIONS EXTEND FROM FLOOR SLAB TO UNDERSIDE OF SLAB ABOVE. EXPOSED BEAMS WITHIN SHAFTS ARE TO BE FIREPROOFED
MECHANICAL ENGINEER:
APPLICABLE CODES
WITH 2-HOUR GWBBOARD ENCLOSURE.
9. THE FIRE RATINGS OF ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS WILL BE STENCILED ABOVE CEILINGS, EACH SIDE OF PARTITIONS, BOTH SIDES OF CORRIDORS
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
110 JAMES ST SUITE ENGINEERING
110 JAMS SUITE
MECHANICAL ENGINEER CONTACT:
REID HERRON
BUILDING CODE: WA STATE BUILDING CODE (IBC WITH AMENDMENTS) - 2020
EXISTING BUILDING CODE: WA STATE EXISTING -BUILDING CODE (IEBC WITH AMENDMENTS) - 2020
AND AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
WA
425-458-9700
RHERRON@DESIGNWESTENG.COM
ENERGY CODE: WA STATE ENERGY CODE (IECC WITH AMENDMENTS) - 2018
LIFE SAFETY CODE: NFPA 101 - 2012
10. ALL GWB IS 5/8" TYPE'X' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
NORTH
FIRE CODE: INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (IFC) - 2020
MECHANICAL CODE: INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) - 2020
11. THE DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY. WHATEVER IS INDICATED IN ONE IS ASSUMED TO BE INDICATED IN THE OTHER.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER:
^
{�jy o ®
<1
PLUMBING CODE: UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) - 2020
ELECTRICAL CODE: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) - 2020
NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN CASE OF DISCOVERED DISCREPANCIES.
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER CONTACT:
LEO MAYA
220th St. SW
ACCESSIBILITY CODE: ANSI Al17.1 - 2017 (BY REFERENCE FROM IBC AND WSBC)
12. ALL SUBSTRATES ARE TO BE SMOOTH PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FINISHES.
110 JAMES ST SUITE 106
EDMONDS, WA 98020
425-458-9700
2022 FGI GUIDELINES FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OUTPATIENT FACILITIES SECTION 2.11-3.3
LMAYA@DESIGNWESTENG.COM
13. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS TO CONFORM TO FACILITY STANDARDS.
DEFERRED SUBMITTALS
GENERAL CONTRACTOR:
1. FIRE ALARM
METROPOLITAN CONTRACTING
GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTACT:
JEFF SCHWEITZER
5512 6TH AVE S
SEATTLE, WA 98108
206-223-4900
JEFF@METROPOLITANCONTRACTING.COM
ALTERNATES
ADD ALT #1 - ALTERNATE TO REMOVE EXISTING WALL SCONCES IN EXAM ROOMS, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
THE WALL. BASE BID FOR WALL SCONCE TO REMAIN.
KEYPLAN
AREA OF WORK
NORTH
OM
ZI
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
J626 REGISTERED
NTECT
L KENT GRE
STATE OF WA"4TON
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
APPROVED BY P ANNING
Dec 2 2024
Mechanical equipment >36"
high as installed must abide by
the setbacks of Title 16 ECDC.
Noise generated by mechanical
equipment must meet the
standards in ECC 5.30.
HEALTHCARE
REALTY
SWEDISH EDMONDS
PHP/IOP
21701 76TH AVE W
SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH/PERMIT/BID
SET
COVER SHEET
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
1 DOH/PERMIT/BID SET 09/27/2024
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24028
PROJECT LEAD: GMD
DRAWN BY: AP/GMD
DOH CRS #61616142
SHEET NO
PA
3
4
5
6
7
8
J
10
11
Y
x
0
J
G
U
co
a
a
M
M
V
V
CV
O
C`1
co
N
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CODE ANALYSIS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
4
2021 WA STATE BUILDING CODE (REF IBC-2021)
EXISTING BUILDING INFORMATION
B-BUSINESS
VA- 1 HR
3-STORIES
NO
EXISTING BUILDING -MAIN OCCUPANCY
PER RECORD DWGS
EXISTING BUILDING -CONSTRUCTION TYPE
PER RECORD DWGS
EXISTING BUILDING - NUMBER OF STORIES
PER RECORD DWGS
EXISTING BUILDING - SPRINKLERED?
PER RECORD DWGS
OCCUPANCY AND USE
--------
--------
--------
GROUP B - BUSINESS (2,964 SF)
PART OF THE MAIN OCCUPANCY - GROUP B - BUSINESS (472 SF)
MAIN (PREDOMINANT) OCCUPANCY/OCCUPANCIES
CHAPTER 3
OUTPATIENT CLINIC SPACES (INCLUDING RELATED BUSINESS SPACE
)SECTION 304
WAITING AREAS, CONFERENCE ROOMS, LOUNGES,
AND BREAK ROOMS LESS THAN 750 SF OR WITH AN
OCCUPANT LOAD OF LESS THAN 50
SECTION 303.1.2
FIRE -RATING FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS, FIRE AND
SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
SEE ALSO "MEANS OF EGRESS' SECTION BELOW
PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME
TABLE 601
1 HOUR
INTERIOR BEARING WALLS
TABLE 601
1 HOUR
INTERIOR NON -BEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS
TABLE 601
0 HOURS
MEANS OF EGRESS
CHAPTER 10
--------
OCCUPANT LOAD
SECTION 1004
--------
BUSINESS AREAS
TABLE 1004.5
2,198 SF / 1 OCCUPANT PER 150 SF GROSS =17 OCCUPANTS
ASSEMBLY -FUNCTION AREAS WITHOUT FIXED SEATING
TABLE 1004.5
472 SF / 1 OCCUPANT PER 15 SF NET = 32 OCCUPANTS
PROJECT OCCUPANT LOAD
SUM OF ABOVE
TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD = 49 OCCUPANTS
NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED - MINIMUM
SECTION 1006.2.1
TABLE 1006.3.2
1 REQUIRED, 3 PROVIDED
SPACES WHERE ONE EXIT IS ALLOWED
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL (ALLOWABLE)
SECTION 1006.3.3
TABLE 1006.2.1
TABLE 1006.3.3(2)
200 FT IN GROUP B, WHEN NON-SPRINKLERED
75 FT IN GROUP B, WHEN NON-SPRINKLERED WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD
OF GREATER THAN 30
200 FT IN GROUP B, WHEN NOWSPRINKLERED
TABLE 1006.2.1
SECTION 1017
TABLE 1017.2
EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (ALLOWABLE)
CORRIDOR (ALLOWABLE) DEAD END LENGTH IN ROOMS OR
SPACES REQUIRING MORE THAN 1 EXIT OR EXIT -ACCESS DOOR
SECTION 1020.5
20 FT IN OCCUPANCY GROUP B, WHEN NON- SPRINKLERED
NOT APPLICABLE WHEN ONLY ONE EXIT IS REQUIRED
DOOR TYPES ALLOWED
SECTION 1010.1.2
SWING TYPE DOORS. POWER -OPERATED DOORS. MANUALLY -OPERATE
SLIDING DOORS SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD NOT EXCEEDING 10.
DOOR SWING
SECTION 1010.1.2.1
DOOR MUST SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHEN
SERVING A SPACE WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE
PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED
WATER CLOSETS, URINALS
CHAPTER 29
--------
TABLE 2902.1
TABLE 2902.1
IN B OCCUPANCY: 1 REQUIRED PER 25 OCCS TO 50, THEN 1 REQUIRED
PER EACH ADDITIONAL 50 OR FRACTION THEREOF.
URINALS MAY REPLACE WATER CLOSETS NO LESS THAN 25% OF THE
MINIMUM SPECIFIED. THUS 2 REQUIRED. 3 PROVIDED (ONE IN SUITE
AND TWO PUBLIC).
IN B OCCUPANCY: 1 REQUIRED PER 40 OCCS TO 80, THEN 1 REQUIRED
PER EACH ADDITIONAL 80 OR FRACTION THEREOF.
THUS 1 REQUIRED. 3 PROVIDED.
LAVATORIES
DRINKING FOUNTAINS
TABLE 2902.1
SECTION 2902.5
IN B OCCUPANCY WITH OCCUPANT LOAD GREATER THAN 30:
1 REQUIRED PER 150 OCCUPANTS, THEN 1 PER EACH ADDITIONAL 500
OR FRACTION THEREOF. DRINKING FOUNTAIN MAY BE LOCATED
OUTSIDE TENANT SPACE IF WITHIN ONE FLOOR AND 500 FT TRAVEL.
THUS 1 REQD. 1 PROVIDED IN PUBLIC HALL. LOCATION PER PLAN.
NO REQUIREMENT
SERVICE SINKS
TABLE 2902.1
10 11
LIFE SAFETY PLAN NOTES
1. THE LIFE SAFETY PLANS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED FROM EXISTING STATEMENT OF CONDITION
DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. ANY CONDITION THAT NEEDS TO BE UPGRADED TO MEET
LIFE SAFETY CODE, BUILDING CODE, AND AHJ REQUIREMENTS AND NOT NOTED IN THESE
DRAWINGS IS TO BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER.
2.. VERIFY THAT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK AREA:
A. ALL EXISTING PARTITIONS, LABELED IN THESE DOCUMENTS AS FIRE RATED OR AS A SMOKE
BARRIER OR SMOKE PARTITION MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PARTITION TYPE.
B. ALL EXISTING DOORS AND OPENINGS IN EXISTING PARTITIONS MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF
THE PARTITION IN WHICH THEY OCCUR.
3. MODIFY EXISTING PARTITIONS SHOWN WITH NEW OR UPGRADED FIRE OR SMOKE RATINGS TO
MEET THE NEW RATING. THIS PROCESS INCLUDES ANY REQUIRED PROTECTION OF OPENINGS IN
THE PARTITION.
4. INSTALL DOORS IN CORRIDOR PARTITIONS TO RESIST THE PASSAGE OF SMOKE UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE.
5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF SMOKE DETECTORS.
LIFE SAFETY PLAN SYMBOLS
NOT IN SCOPE
INCIDENTAL OCCUPANCIES (INDICATING USE,
CLASSIFICATION, SQUARE FOOTAGE, AND
OCCUPANT LOAD
NON -RATED PARTITION
SMOKE PARTITION
1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER
2-HOUR FIRE BARRIER
8 (8a) 9 (10) (11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL
TT 1� ARROW WHERE NECESSARY)
FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (EXISTING)
FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 2 - LIFE SAFETY PLAN
1 /8" = 1'-0"
IORTH
KI [)
EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE
25- - 0"
COMMON PATH OF EGRESS
25- - 0"
KEYPLAN
r1 r� �r1 v r- v v v r,\rx
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
3626 REGISTERED
ITECT
L KENT GRE Y
STATE OF WASH04GTON
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
HEALTHCARE
REALTY
SWEDISH EDMONDS
PHP/IOP
21701 76TH AVE W
SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH/PERMIT/BID
SET
LIFE SAFETY PLAN
IJJUHIVuC
No. Description Date
1 DOH/PERMIT/BID SET 09/27/2094
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24028
PROJECT LEAD:
DRAWN BY:
DOH CRS #61616142
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
NORTH
ZI 3
SHEET NO
AlmlO
x
c�
1 2 3 4 5
MO FLOORIN
D WALL BASE
i
— — — — — — —
—
--I —,ice
r---
�I
NO WORK
DEMO AND DEMO AND
PATCH PATCH
NURSE CALL NURSE CALL
NO WORK
DEMO FLOORIN
AND WALL BASE
REMOVE ALL BLACK OUT
ROLLER SHADES IN THIS
FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 2 - DEMO
DEMO AND
PATCH
NURSE C"'
REMOVE ALL BLACKOUT
SHADES IN THIS ROOM
I
— DEMO EXISTING
FIRE SHUTTER
I IMINL LLJ M14U JLVUI\L
WINDOW SHUT
6
�I
1__1 _J
`=J
DEMO CASEWORK
AND CAP PLUMBING
N
4
DEMO AND
PATCH
NURSE CALL
1 /
ISALVAGE CARPET
FOR REPAIRS FROM
II DEMOED WALLS
OVE BLINDS IN THIS
,IINJOW SECTION AND
MODIFY TO FIT NEW WIDTH
I
DEMO FLOORI
AND WALL BAS
7
A
5
NO WORK DEMO AND
PATCH
NURSE CALL
EMO FLC
ND WALL
MO FLOORIN
D WALL BASE
9
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NORTH
,2.... 31 4 I (5 6 '.
Lu
U
I
a
0
--T-Fl-F1
I
I
I
I
I
I
_J
: L-- -� --
0
0 F-7- 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 I I I i 0 0 0
o
L_I_I�IIIL_ I_�III
+
'-------
I
1 0 0 _ ___= I I I =T='
IL - JI III I IL - iI
0 0 I 1
IL_JI I I IL_JI I I IL_jI I ��#,I++++II ++++
I I I I I I I I I I I I I r,,
CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 2 - DEMO
1 /4" = V-0"
10 11
DEMOLITION NOTES
1. DEMOLITION PLANS REPRESENT EXISTING CONDITIONS. THEY ARE INTENDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THESE
PLANS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE A DESCRIPTION OF ALL REQUIRED WORK. REFER TO CONSULTANT tgb architects
DRAWINGS FOR POTENTIAL WORK IN OTHER AREAS.
2. ALL AREAS NOT NOTED FOR DEMOLITION ARE TO BE PROTECTED THROUGH DURATION OF WORK.
3. SEE CONSULTANT DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS.
4. ALL OPENINGS IN SLABS, ROOFS, WALLS, CEILINGS, AND PARTITIONS CREATED BY PROJECT -RELATED
DEMOLITION OR BY NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEALED AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN FIRE -RATING, t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
ACOUSTICS, INTENDED FUNCTION, AND FITNESS TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. ALL MATERIALS DISPLACED TO f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION SHALL BE REINSTALLED IN LIKE CONDITION OR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH barchitects.comfo t
LIKE/SIMILAR MATERIALS AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE PROPERTIES LISTED ABOVE. in @ g
www.tgbarchitects.com
5. ALL OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS, EXTERIOR SOFFITS, AND ROOFS CREATED BY PROJECT -RELATED
DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CLOSED AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN FIRE -RATING,
ACOUSTICS, THERMAL INSULATION, WEATHER PROTECTION, WATER -PROOFING, VAPOR -RETARDATION,
INTENDED FUNCTION, AND FITNESS TO RECEIVE NEW CLADDINGS AND FINISHES. ALL MATERIALS DISPLACED
TO ACCOMMODATE DEMOLITION SHALL BE REINSTALLED IN LIKE CONDITION OR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH
LIKE/SIMILAR MATERIALS AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE PROPERTIES LISTED ABOVE.
6. REPLACE OR REPAIR ALL FIREPROOFING REMOVED OR DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION,
SO AS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE -RATING OF EXISTING BUILDING ELEMENTS.
36526 REGISTERED
7. THE OWNER WILL REMOVE ALL EXISTING MEDICAL EQUIPMENT FROM THE AREA OF WORK PRIOR TO TURNING ITECT
THE SPACE OVER TO THE CONTRACTOR. NOTIFY THE OWNER OF ANY MEDICAL EQUIPMENT REMAINING IN
THE SPACE.
l KFNT GRi
8. CONSULT WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION ABOUT MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE SALVAGED FOR THE STATE OF WASa TON
OWNER'S USE, BUT NOT INTENDED FOR RE -USE ON THIS PROJECT. STORE ALL SUCH MATERIALS UNTIL THE
OWNER CAN TAKE POSSESSION.
9. ANY MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED IN DRAWINGS TO BE SALVAGED AND REUSED ON THIS PROJECT
TO BE STORED BY CONTRACTOR UNTIL SCHEDULED REINSTALLATION. CONSULT WITH OWNER IF LOCATION
INTENDED FOR STORAGE IS IN SPACES BELONGING TO THE OWNER BUT NOT IN THE AREA OF WORK.
10. STABILIZE ANY EXISTING -TO -REMAIN BUILDING COMPONENTS THAT BECOME UNBRACED DUE TO SELECTIVE
OR PARTIAL DEMOLITION. PROVIDE A SOUND PERMANENT STRUCTURE PER CODE.
11. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING WALLS & FLOORS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION TO MATCH ADJOINING
FINISHES.
12. PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AT DEMO'ED NURSE CALL LIGHTS ON HALL SIDE AND REPLACE WITH BLANK
COVER PLATES INSIDE ROOMS.
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
DEMO PLAN SYMBOLS CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
D ROOM NAME ROOM NAME WITH NUMBER & AREA
1-1
DOOR TO BE DEMOLISHED
I
/ WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED
DOOR TO REMAIN
—WALL TO REMAIN
DEMO FLOORING AND WALL BASE
NOT IN SCOPE
DEMO RCP SYMBOLS
EXISTING — DEMO
TO REMAIN
+ I
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING
I I I
— � J
EXISTING DEMO
TO REMAIN
_7,777-`
= GWB CEILING
NOT IN SCOPE
I
r
II 1
0 I
II
II
I
L_ _J
I
I
D KEYPLAN
C
I
I
I
NORTH
r1 r\ L_-r1 v r- v v v r-\ rx
HEALTHCARE
REALTY
SWEDISH EDMONDS
PHP/IOP
21701 76TH AVE W
SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH/PERMIT/BID
SET
DEMOLITION
FLOOR AND
CEILING PLANS
IbbUANUL
No. Description Date
1 DOH/PERMIT/BID SET 09/27/2024
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER:
PROJECT LEAD:
DRAWN BY:
NORTH SHEET NO
® A2ml
24028
GMD
AP
DOH CRS #61616142
i
1 1 2 3 1 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Y
x
0
1 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 6 7 1 8 9
lmow
SHARED WORK
ROOM
214
ADD COVER PLATE AT
REMOVED NURSE CALL
STATION, MATCH
EXISTING OUTLET
COVERS
OF1 FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 2 - NEW
1 /4" = 1'-0"
1.�. 2.... T
, 4�, �5�: fig'
Lu
j
G
U
a
CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 2 - NEW
1 /4" = 1'-0"
10 11
FLOOR PLAN NOTES
1. FLOOR PLANS MAY NOT INCLUDE TOTAL OF ALL REQUIRED WORK. REFER TO CONSULTANT DRAWINGS FOR
POTENTIAL WORK IN OTHER AREAS.
2. SECURE NEW WALLS TO SUBSTRATE WITH FASTENERS LOCATED 2' FROM EACH END AND SPACED A
MAXIMUM OF 16" O.C.
3. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR ANY CABINETS, EQUIPMENT, HANDRAILS, OR WHERE
REQUIRED.
4. LOCATE ALL NEW DOORS 6" FROM HINGE SIDE OF ADJACENT WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
5. ALIGN NEW WALLS WITH ADJACENT EXISTING WHERE APPLICABLE FOR A SMOOTH, CONTINUOUS FINISH.
6. ADD COLUMN FURRING WITH 7/8" FURRING STRIPS & (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GWB EXTENDED TO 6" ABOVE CEILING
AT ALL EXPOSED COLUMNS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE..
7. ALL PARTITIONS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION SHALL BE CONSIDERED ACOUSTICAL
PARTITIONS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND CAULKED AS SPECIFIED.
ROOM NAME
10 1
ROOM NAME WITH NUMBER
PARTITION TYPE TAG - SEE PARTITION
1i
TYPE LEGEND
f EXISTING - NEW
NON -RATED PARTITION
Jill
2-HOUR FIRE BARRIER
pmrTIMErTyllm
1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER
SMOKE PARTITION
101
DOOR TAG - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE
1t
WINDOW TAG - SEE WINDOW SCHEDULE
00
ELEVATION VIEW LOCATION REFERENCE
00 A7. 0
00
SHEET WHERE VIEW IS LOCATED
jNOT IN SCOPE
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES
1. REFER TO MEP PLANS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS SHEET. WHERE CONFLICTS AT LIGHT AND AIR DEVICE
LOCATIONS EXIST BETWEEN MEP AND ARCHITECTURAL, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL.
2. REFER TO LIFE SAFETY DRAWINGS OR MEP DRAWINGS FOR EXIT LIGHTS, SMOKE DETECTORS, AND DIFFUSERS.
3. FURNISH HEAVY-DUTY CEILING GRID (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-635 AND INSTALL IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-580.
4. REPAIR AND REPLACE ANY CEILING GRID OR TILES DAMAGED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION TO MAINTAIN A NEW
FINISHED LOOK.
5. NEW CEILING AND SOFFIT HEIGHTS ARE TO BOTTOM OF GRID OR BOTTOM OF FINISHED GWB AND ARE NOTED HEALTHCARE
ON RCP.
6. CEILING GRIDS ARE DRAWN CENTERED IN THE ROOM AND SHALL BE INSTALLED CENTERED WITHIN THE ROOM REALTY
AS SHOWN.
7. CEILING -MOUNTED LIGHTS, SPEAKERS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AIR TERMINALS, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND SIMILAR SW E D I S H EDMONDS
ARE DRAWN CENTERED IN CEILING PANELS OR CENTERED IN ROOM. THESE DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED P H P/I O P
CENTERED WITHIN THE CEILING PANELS AND WITHIN THE ROOMS AS SHOWN.
8. REFER TO PLANS AND DETAILS FOR SOFFIT HEIGHTS, WIDTHS, DEPTHS, AND LOCATIONS.
9. ADD WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN ROOF TRUSS @ MINIMUM 16" O.C. TO SUPPORT SOFFIT FRAMING.
10. NOT ALL REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS ARE SHOWN AND ARE TO BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. PAINT TO MATCH 21701 76TH AVE W
ADJACENT CEILING. SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
11. IN CEILINGS GREATER THAN 2500 SF, PROVIDE 2" WIDE MINIMUM CEILING JOINT AS INDICATED AND DETAILED
ON CEILING PLANS.
12. PROVIDE CISCA-COMPLIANT SEISMIC BRACING AND COMPRESSION STRUTS ONLY IN CEILINGS OF 1000 SF OR
GREATER ( SEE ASCE 7-13.5.6.2.2 SECTION C)
13. IN CEILINGS WITHOUT LATERAL BRACING, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FROM SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES
TO SPRINKLER HEADS, IN LIEU OF OVERSIZED SPRINKLER OPENINGS IN CEILING.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
Man REGISTERED
MTECT
l KEM GRE
STATE OF wASMNGTON
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
TYPICAL CEILING SYMBOLS
CEILING -MOUNTED OR OVERHEAD -MOUNTED
LIGHTING
SCONCE - EXISTING TO REMAIN
0 RECESSED DOWN LIGHTING
® ® ® ® ® ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS - EXISTING TO REMAIN
KEYPLAN
mru_-m yr vvvrxrx
DOH/PERMIT/BID
SET
FLOOR PLAN AND
CEILING PLAN -
LEVEL 2
155UAW-
No. Description Date
1 DOH/PERMIT/BID SET 09/27/2024
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24028
PROJECT LEAD: GMD
DRAWN BY:
AP
DOH CRS #61616142
1 1 2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NORTH SHEET NO
A2m12
<0
Y
x
M
In
U
- m
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
FINISH NOTES
1. ALL EXPOSED WALL SURFACES SHALL BE FINISHED.
2. FINISHES TO BE INDICATED ON FINISH PLAN, ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE, AND INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS. REFER TO FINISH LEGEND FOR FINISH SELECTIONS.
3. FINISHES TO MEET FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS PER CODE.
4. ALL MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTION/RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS.
5. ALL FINISHES TO BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED SEAMLESSLY. ENSURE ALIGNMENT OF FINISHED
SIDE WHERE TWO DIFFERENT WALL TYPES INTERSECT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT BEFORE
PROCEEDING IF ALIGNMENT IS NOT POSSIBLE.
6. PATCH FINISHES AT CORRIDORS TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN NEW AND
EXISTING.
7. ALL WALL / CEILING MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, ELECTRICAL PANELS, HVAC
GRILLES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC. TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL / CEILING COLOR.
8. PROVIDE COLOR MATCHED CAULK (MATCHING ADJACENT PLASTIC LAMINATE / SOLID SURFACE)
AT CASEWORK. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL TO ARCHITECT.
9. IF ANY ITEMS ARE IDENTIFIED REQUIRING FINISH/COLOR SELECTION NOT ADDRESSED IN THESE
DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY & PROVIDE SAMPLES OF FINISH /
COLOR OPTIONS FOR SELECTION, CLEARLY IDENTIFYING ANY ABOVE BASE BID.
10. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS.
11. FLOORING SHALL EXTEND UNDERNEATH ALL OPEN COUNTERTOP WORK SURFACES.
12. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS TO BE CENTERED UNDER DOOR IN CLOSED
POSITION U.O.N. TRANSITION STRIPS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE FROM PUBLIC CORRIDOR SIDE.
13. CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING SUBSTRATES FOR APPROPRIATE MOISTURE
LEVELS PRIOR TO INSTALLING MATERIALS.
14. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS TO RECEIVE CORNER GUARDS.
15. FINISH ALL VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL SURFACES OF SOFFIT WITH SPECIFIED FINISH.
NAME
ACOUSTIC CEILING PANEL
ACP-1
MANUFACTURER
USG
MATERIAL FINISH LEGEND
MATERIAL STYLE/SERIES COLOR/TEXTURE SIZE COMMENTS
MARS CLIMA PLUS WHITE 24" x 24" 15/16" BEVELED TEGULAR GRID
BASE
B-1
ROPPE
700 SERIES - TYPE TP 114 LUNAR DUST 4"
CORNER GUARD
CG-1
MATCH EXISTING STYLE AND
PROFILE
PAINT
P-1
SHERWIN WILLIAMS
IWHITE HYACINTH
SWO046
P-2
SHERWIN WILLIAMS
OYSTER BAY
SW6206
PLASTIC LAMINATE
PL-1
PIONITE
AV981 SUEDE IL PALIO PAPEL
RESILIENT SHEET
RS-1
LONSEAL
ILONECO I SEA COAST
RESILIENT TILE
RT-1
ARMSTRONG
VINYL PLANK TILE TBD
FINISH SYMBOLS
FINISH ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THIS AND OTHER FINISH SHEETS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS
B BASE
CC CUBICLE CURTAIN
CG CORNER GUARD
CONC CONCRETE
CPT CARPET
FAB FABRIC
GL GLAZING OR GLASS
MTL METAL
PT PAINT
IRS RESILIENT SHEET
RT RESILIENT TILE
SS STAINLESS STEEL
SSM SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL
T TILE
PL/PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE
WC WALL COVERING
WD WOOD
WP WALL PROTECTION
EXISTING TO FLOOR PATTERN DIRECTION
REMAIN
EXISTING IRS NOT IN SCOPE
RT-1
SEALED CONCRETE
ALTERNATE: APPLY FLOOR PREP
LEVELING FOR SMOOTH FINISH
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
3626 REGISTERED
�ITECT
L KENT GRE
STATE OF WA"4TON
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
HEALTHCARE
REALTY
SWEDISH EDMONDS
PHP/IOP
21701 76TH AVE W
SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
2 T3 4 5 6 1
04M
MATCH EXISTING PAINT AT PATCHED WALL
///// �jjDOH/PERMIT/BID
MATCH AND INSTALL NEW WOOD TRIM % S E T
j
d
1 -ALL
1 =_ALL
r-1 = FL
1 -ALL
1 =_ALL
--1 = FL
a �
FINISH PLAN - LEVEL 2 - NEW
-----------------------
DD
_ I
P-1
TOIL5ET ECEPTION
EXISTING FLOORING TO EXISTING FLOORING TO
REMAIN - PAINT EXISTING FLOORING TO REMAIN ;
REMAIN - PAINT WAITING
DAMAGED LOCATIONS DAMAGED LOCATIONS 200 REPAINT NORTH WALL AND PAINT
P-1 - EPDXY AS NEEDED DAMAGED LOCATIONS P-1 AS NEEDED
P-1 AS NEEDED
I, _r; I l
PATCH EXISTING
FLOORING AT DEMO'ED
CASEWORK (RS-1)
PAINT ALL WALLS P-1
STORAGE
202
EXISTING FLOORING TO
" " EXISTING FLOORING TO
EXISTING FLOORING TO REMAIN - PAINT
REMAIN - PAINT DAMAGED LOCATIONS REMAIN PAINT
DAMAGED LOCATIONS HALL P-1 & B-1 AS NEEDED DAMAGED LOCATIONS
P-1 & B-1 AS NEEDED
P-1 AS NEEDED 216
f j
P-2
f.
1 ALL WALLS
1 -=ALL WALLS
r-1 --FLOORS
0
0
1
�
■1�������� �
P-1 --ALL WALLS
B-1 -ALL WALLS
RT-1 --FLOORS-
1
it
- P-1 &
B-1
1 -ALL
1 -=ALL
r-1 --FL
1 -ALL WALLS P-1 -ALL WALLS
.1 -ALL WALLS B-1 -=ALL WALLS FINISH PLAN -
F-1 FLOORS RT-1 --FLOORS
LEVEL 2
21
EXISTING FLOORING TO
REMAIN - PAINT
DAMAGED LOCATIONS
P-1 & B-1 AS NEEDED
HALL
218
P-2&B1 P1&B1
I -
P 1 ALL WALLS P-1 -ALL WALLS
B-1 -ALL WALLS B-1 -ALL WALLS
RT-1 =FLOORS RT-1 = FLOORS
166UANUE
No. Description Date
1 DOHIPERMIT/BID SET 0912712024
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24028
PROJECT LEAD: GMD
DRAWN BY: JLO
DOH CRS #61616142
NORTH SHEET NO
1 /4" = 1'-0"
v
v
CV
O
N
00
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9
10
11
a�
x
c�
w
0
U
Q
a
00
M
M
V
v
0
c11
co
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DOOR SCHEDULE
DOOR
NO. ROOM NAME
WxH
FIRE
RATING
TYPE
MATERIAL
FINISH
GLAZING
TYPE
FRAME
HARDWARE
TYPE
MATERIAL
FINISH
TYPE
200 WAITING 3'- 6" x T- 0" 45 MIN F EXIST EXIST A HM EXISTING 1.1
202
STORAGE
T_ 0" x T- 0"
NA
NG
EXIST
EXIST
EXISTING
A
HM
EXISTING
2.1
203
CONSULT
T_ 6" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
5.1
204
CONSULT
3'- 6" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
5.1
205
CONSULT
3' - 6" x T - 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
5.1
206
IS
T- 0" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
7.1
207
CONSULT
3' - 6" x T - 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
5.1
208A
GROUP ROOM
3'- 0" x T- 0"
NA
F
SCWD
STAIN
A
HM
MATCH EXISTING
5
208B
GROUP ROOM
T- 0" x T- 0"
NA
DA
SCWD
STAIN
BA
HM
MATCH EXISTING
8
209
OFFICE
T_ 0" x T- 0"
NA
S
SCWD
STAIN
B
ALUM
DARK BRONZE
4
210
SHARED WORK AREA
3'- 0" x T- 0"
NA
NG
SCWD
STAIN
CLEAR TEMP
A
HM
MATCH EXISTING
3
211
BREAK ROOM
T_ 6" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
2.1
212
OFFICE
T- 0" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
3.1
213
ACTIVITY ROOM
3' - 6" x T - 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
5.1
214
SHARED WORK ROOM
T_ 6" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
3.1
215
TOILET
T- 6" x T- 0"
NA
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
6.1
216
HALL
3' - 6" x T - 0"
45 MIN
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
2.1
218
HALL
T- 0" x T- 0"
45 MIN
F
EXIST
EXIST
A
HM
EXISTING
2.1
DOOR TYPE LEGEND
FRAME TYPE LEGEND
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
SET
TYPE
CR
CLOSER
PROTECTION
DESCRIPTION
1.1
ENTRANCE LOCK SET, EXISTING DOOR
•
EXISTING
2.1
KEYPAD/CIPHER LOCKSET, EXISTING DOOR
•
EXISTING
3
OFFICE LOCKSET
WALL STOP
3.1
OFFICE LOCKSET, EXISTING DOOR
EXISTING
4
OFFICE LOCKSET, BARN DOOR
BARN DOOR WITH SOFT OPEN/CLOSE, 24" LADDER PULL
5
PASSAGE LATCHSET
PREFABRICATED POCKET, (2) CUP PULLS
5.1
PASSAGE LATCHSET, EXISTING DOOR
EXISTING
6.1
PRIVACY LOCK SET, EXISTING DOOR
EXISTING
WITH OCCUPANCY NDICATOR
7.1
CARD READER, STOREROOM LOCKSET, EXISTING DOOR
•
•
EXISTING
8
PASSAGE LATCHSET WITH RESCUE HARDWARE FRAME
WALL STOP
DOUBLE SWING HINGE WITH EMERGENCY RELEASE STOP
OPNG SIZE
OPNG SIZE
OPNG SIZE
PER OPNG
PER OPNG
PER OPNG
_
SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE
SCHEDULE
F FLUSH
N NARROW S
DOOR ONLY
A
DOOR WITH
B
DOUBLE ACTING
DA
SLIDING BARN
(HINGED)
GLASS-LITE
DOOR
SLIDING PANEL
DOOR
DOOR -HARDWARE LOCATIONS
AT DOORS WITH LEVERS OR
KNOBS, AND SIMILAR
OPERABLE OPENING
HARDWARE:
LOCATE OPENING
HARDWARE HERE
LOCATION OF DOORS ON FLOOR PLANS
I I
� I I
Lu
Q I I I I
U_
Z
Z z I I I I
CO AT SWING DOORS AND\
w
O
o I I I I POCKET DOORS: WHERE
Lq I I I I
= I I I OPENING LOCATION IS NOl
w o i l I I DIMENSIONED ON PLANS,
_ � i i i i LOCATE OPENING 6" FROM
cU) J I I I CROSSING PARTITION, AS
ZD I i i i INDICATED
I I
I I
I I
0 I II I
a
U_ I II I
Z
Z I II I
z w I II I
a
O0 Of i; i AT SLIDING BARN-
II I TYPE DOORS:
0 o i ii I WHERE OPENING
"' I II I LOCATION IS NOT
= U I II
U Z I I I
DIMENSIONED ON
II ; PLANS, LOCATE
OPENING 6" FROM
II I CROSSING
PARTITION, AS
INDICATED
FRAME PROFILES
DOOR, HARDWARE, AND WINDOW NOTES
1. PRIOR TO FABRICATION, FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS.
2. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL AND DOOR SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE SETS.
3. SMOKE RATED DOORS SHALL NOT BE UNDERCUT IN EXCESS OF THE CLEARANCE PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH NFPA 80.
4. ALL DOOR TYPES ARE SHOWN AS SINGLE PANEL, WHETHER SINGLE OR DOUBLE. SEE PLANS FOR ACTUAL
CONFIGURATION AND SWING OF DOORS.
5. ALL STILE SIZES, RAIL SIZES, LITE SIZES, AND LITE DETAILS SHALL BE PER STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDI)
STANDARDS, UNO.
6. AT STOREFRONT DOORS, ALL STILE SIZES, RAIL SIZES, AND RAIL LOCATIONS SHALL BE PER THE
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MEDIUM -STILE DOOR, UNO.
7. ALL GLAZING IN DOOR LITES AND SIDE LITES SHALL BE 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS AND SHALL BE WIRE -FREE FIRE
GLASS WHERE DOOR IS REQUIRED TO BE FIRE -RATED.
8. WHERE A DOOR IS LOCATED IN AN ACCOUSTICALLY RATED WALL, PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IN DOOR
FRAME ON ALL SIDES.
a - a
FASTEN CLIP ANGLE TO
a�
BRACE WITH (2) #10 SHEET
a
METAL SCREWS
UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE
20 GA. MINIMUM, 2 1/2" MINIMUM
STEEL STUD OR TRACK (BRACE)
20 GA. MIN. METAL CLIP -ANGLE.
AT 4'-0" OC MAXIMUM -
SIZE AS NECESSARY FOR
ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF EACH
SECURE ATTACHMENT TO
BRACE WHERE POSSIBLE
STRUCTURE/DECKING ABOVE.
FASTEN SIMILAR TO DETAIL FOR
PARTITION ATTACHMENT TO
STRUCTURE/DECKING ABOVE
3" X 3" X 3" X 20 GA. MIN. METAL
CLIP -ANGLE - FASTEN TO BRACE
AND TO RUNNER/TRACK WITH (2)
# 10 SHEET -METAL SCREWS
TOP RUNNER/TRACK (SLOTTED
OR NESTED OR DEEP -LEG AS
NECESSARY TO ACCOMODATE
`o
3/4" DEFLECTION) - INSTALL SNUG
----
AGAINST CEILING GRID
STUDS CUT TO ACCOMODATE 3/4"
DEFLECTION
FRAMED PARTITION PER FLOOR
PLANS - CONSTRUCTION MAY VARY
PARTITION TOP DETAIL- BRACED 6" ABOVE CEILING
1 1 /2" = V-0"
INTERIOR PARTITION -
CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION,
AND WIDTH MAY VARY
SURFACE -MOUNTED ALUMINUM
SLIDING DOOR FRAME
DOOR CONSTRUCTION AND
CONFIGURATION MAY VARY
HEAD
(ALUMINUM) LATCH -SIDE JAMB
DOOR LEAF INCLOSED POSITION
(SHOWN DASHED)
LATCH -SIDE JAMB
DOOR LEAF IN FULLY -OPENED POSITION
(ALUMINUM) GUIDE -SIDE JAMB
FLOORING TRANSITION ALIGNED
WITH DOOR -SIDE OF JAMB
DOOR GUIDE MOUNTED TO SUBFLOOR
PER MFR. CUT FLOORING AROUND
MOUNTING PLATE OR MOUNT PLATE
ATOP FLOORING AS RECOMMENDED BY
MFR
GUIDE -SIDE JAMB
FLOORING TRANSITION (WHERE
(ALUMINUM) JAMB i OCCURS) ALIGNED WITH DOOR -SIDE
I BEYOND I OFJAMB
I I
DOOR GUIDE
I I
I
- SILL
C1021.02 INTERIOR SLIDING BARN -TYPE DOOR
3" =1'-0"
8
FASTEN STRUT TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
WITH APPROVED OR
ENGINEERED
FASTENERS
BRACING WIRES
FOUR #12 (MINIMUM)WIRES SPLAYED 90-
DEGREES FROM EACH OTHER, AT AN ANGLE
OF NOT EXCEEDING 45-DEGREES FROM THE
PLANE OF THE CEILING
COMPRESSION STRUTS
FOR CEILINGS GREATER THAN 1000 SF,
PROVIDE CISCA-COMPLIANT, CODE -
COMPLIANT BRACING WITH COMPRESSION
STRUUT.
COMPRESSION STRUT MAY BE USG DONN-
BRAND COMPRESSION STRUT OR ANY
OTHER APPROVED OR ENGINNEERED
SYSTEM, USING LIGHT -GAGE FRAMING,
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT OR COLD -ROLLED
STEEL SECTIONS.
ATPI*4VED OR ENGINEERED FASTENERS
0 0 0 0 0 0
SEISMIC BRACING FOR CLGS GREATER THAN 1000 SF. AND CLGS UNATTACHED
9
10 11
WALL TYPE SCHEDULE
FIRE HEAD INSULATION
TYPE STUD SIZE THICKNESS RATING CONDITION TYPE UL#
BI 3-5/8" 4 7/8" NR 6" ABV CLG BATT INSULATION
I I
UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE
I I
Z I I
3-5/8" MTL TRACK
CEILING PER RCP
5/8" TYPE "X" GWB BOTH SIDES
rT-
ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION PER WALL TYPE
3-5/8" MTL STUD
3-5/8" MTL TRACK
SEALANT & BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES
FINISH FLOOR AS SCHEDULED
0'-4718"
TYPE 131 - NR 3-5/8"MTL 6" ABV CLG
J 1 1 /2" = V-0"
ALL CEILING -MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND CEILING -MOUNTED AIR TEMINALS AND SERVICES SHALL BE
POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM.
PENDANT -HUNG LIGHTING FIXTURES, LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING 56 LBS OR MORE, AND AIR TERMINALS
AND SERVICES WEIGHING 56 LBS OR MORE SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
LIGHTING FIXTURES WEIGHING
LESS THAN 56 LBS, AND AIR
TERMINALS AND SERVICES
WEIGHING 20 TO 56 LBS, SHALL
HAVE TWO 12 GAGE HANGERS
(SLACK WIRES ALLOWED)
CONNECTING THE ITEM TO THE
STRUCTURE ABOVE.
CEILING -MOUNTED LIGHTING. AND CEILING -MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS AND SERVICES
WALL OR PARTITION SUPPORTING PERIMETER OF SUSPENSIONS SYSTEM.
CONSTRUCTION MAY VARY - FRAMED CONSTRUCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD IS
I I
I I ����cq�
ATT/�CH HEAVY-DUTY CEILING GRID MEMBERS TO TWO ADJACENT WALLS, AND ALLOW
3/4" CLEARANCE TO CEILING GRID MEMBERS ON THEIR OPPOSITE WALLS.
ACCOMPLISH BY MEANS OF 7/8" WALL MOLDINGS ALL AROUND WITH MFR'S SEISMIC
I I
CLIPS ALL AROUND.
I I
PROVIDE HANGERS WITHIN 8" OF PERIMETER WALLS, ALL SIDES
I I I
I I ,
I I -
I I -
0 o o 0 0
J77--_---
j ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS
8" MAXIMUM 2" MAXIMUM (MAY BE SQUARE -EDGE OR
TEGULAR)
I I
I I
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM (AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE OCCURS)
C3030.17 CONSTRUCTION OF ACP CEILINGS
3" = V-0"
DING/HEADER AS APPROPRIATE TO
NING
INTERIOR PARTITION PER PLANS -
CONSTRUCTION, CONFIGURATION, AND
WIDTH MAY VARY
U RS
ANCHORS PER FRAME SUPPLIER
ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IN FRAME
WHERE PARTITION HAS ACOUSTICAL
INSULATION
WRAP -AROUND HOLLOW -METAL FRAME,
FIRE -LABELED AT FIRE -RATED
OPENINGS. FOR TYPICAL FRAME
DIMENSIONS, SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET.
DOOR (LEAF) - CONSTRUCTION AND
CONFIGURATION MAY VARY
C1021.07 HM-FRAME SWING DOOR
3" = V-0"
NOTE THE FOLLOWING:
FURNISH HEAVY-DUTY CEILING GRID (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-635.
INSTALL CEILING GRID IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-636, INCLUDING
PROVISIONS ON WIRE HANGERS, ATTACHMENT OF WIRE HANGERS,
SPACING OF WIRE HANGERS, CARRYING CHANNELS, SPLICES, ASSEMBLY
DEVICES, AND CEILING FIXTURES.
INSTALL CEILING GRID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION ON THIS DETAIL, WHICH IS A SUMMARY OF THE CISCA
(ARCHITECTURAL) STANDARDS FOR SEISMIC ZONES 3 AND 4 (DESIGN
CATEGORIES D, E, AND F).
INSTALL CEILING -MOUNTED ITEMS AND FIXTURES, INCLUDING LIGHT
FIXTURES, MECHANICAL SERVICES, CABLE TRAYS, CONDUIT AND SIMILAR
IN ACCORDANCE WITH CISCA STANDARDS FOR SEISMIC ZONES 3-4. THIS
MAY INCLUDE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT FOR SOME CEILING -MOUNTED
ITEMS.
PROVIDE CISCA-COMPLIANT SEISMIC BRACING AND COMPRESSION STRUTS
ONLY IN CEILINGS OF 1000 SF OR GREATER ( SEE ASCE 7-13.5.6.2.2 SECTION
C)
IN CEILINGS WITHOUT LATERAL BRACING, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION
FROM SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES TO SPRINKLER HEADS, IN LIEU OF
OVERSIZED SPRINKLER OPENINGS IN CEILING
IN CEILINGS GREATER THAN 2500 SF, PROVIDE 2" WIDE MINIMUM CEILING
JOINT AS INDICATED AND DETAILED ON CEILING PLANS.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
3626
REGISTERED kITECT
L KENT GRE
STATE OF WASHWTON
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
HEALTHCARE
REALTY
SWEDISH EDMONDS
PHP/IOP
21701 76TH AVE W
SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH/PERMIT/BID
SET
DOOR SCHEDULE /
PARTITION TYPES
& DETAILS
155UANUL
No. Description Date
1 DOH/PERMIT/BID SET 09/27/2024
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24028
PROJECT LEAD: GMD
DRAWN BY: AP
DOH CRS #61616142
SHEET NO
A3ml
1
PA
3
4
5
6
7
8
J
10
11
1
2
3 4
5 6
7
8
9
10
11
Y
x
0
J
W
U
In
a
MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES
1. THE TOTAL INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ANY REQUIREMENTS OF THE LEGALLY CONSTITUTED AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION INCLUDING 2018 IBC (INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE) WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS,
2018 IMC/UPC (INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE AND UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE) AND THE 2018 WASHINGTON STATE
ENERGY CODE.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE
EXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THEY WILL BE REQUIRED TO WORK.
3. INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE AND ARE GIVEN FOR ESTIMATE PURPOSES ONLY. BEFORE PROCEEDING
WITH THE WORK CAREFULLY CHECK AND VERIFY DIMENSIONS, SIZES, REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND SHALL ASSUME FULL
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FITTING OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS HEREIN REQUIRED TO OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK
OF OTHER TRADES. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE NET INSIDE CLEAR.
4. THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT OFFSETS, BENDS, SPECIAL FITTINGS AND
LOCATIONS ARE NOT EXACTLY LOCATED. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NET INSIDE
DIMENSIONS. DO NOT FABRICATE DUCTWORK FROM THESE DRAWINGS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH REFLECT THE PROPOSED INSTALLATION. THE SHOP DRAWINGS
MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO ANY SHEET METAL FABRICATION. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ACCURATE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND SUBMITTING
THEM TO THE ENGINEER AND OWNER.
5. IN THE PREPARATION OF THESE DOCUMENTS, CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS ARE MADE REGARDING EXISTING CONDITIONS.
SOME OF THESE ASSUMPTIONS MAY NOT BE VERIFIABLE WITHOUT EXPENDING ADDITIONAL SUMS OF MONEY OR
DESTROYING OTHERWISE ADEQUATE OR SERVICEABLE PORTIONS OF EXISTING BUILDINGS AND/OR EQUIPMENT.
THEREFORE, THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CHANGES OR ADDITIONAL COSTS INCURRED
DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS.
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN LAYING OUT THEIR WORK AND EQUIPMENT. THEY SHALL
COORDINATE THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND JOB CONDITIONS.
7. THE INSTALLATION OF ACCESS PANELS OR OTHER INDICATING EQUIPMENT OR SPECIALTIES REQUIRING READING,
ADJUSTMENT, INSPECTION, REPAIRS, REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE CONVENIENTLY LOCATED WITH
REFERENCE TO THE FINISHED BUILDING.
8. WHERE MATERIAL IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BUT NOT SPECIFIED, IT SHALL BE OF THE SAME TYPE AND QUALITY AS
EXISTING MATERIAL.
9. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS AT UPSTREAM PORTION OF TERMINAL AIR BRANCHES. THESE SHALL BE OF THE
LOCKING QUADRANT TYPE. WHERE LOCATED OVER SLOPED OR HARD CEILINGS, PROVIDE DURO-DYNE ANGLE GEAR
DRIVE OR BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OR PROVIDE UNITED ENERTECH POWER/BALANCE SYSTEM. REMOTE
PLATE LOCATIONS TO BE LOCATED AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT.
10. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" ACOUSTICAL LINING IN DUCTWORK WITHIN 10 FEET OF AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE DURO-
DYNE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION AT DUCT AT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
11. DUCTS IN AN UNCONDITIONED SPACE OR EXTERIOR DUCT WORK SHALL BE INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WSEC) AND THE DUCT INSULATION TABLE AS PROVIDED ON THESE DRAWINGS.
12. WHERE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPORTED PER THE
SMACNA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT AND CURRENT APPLICABLE UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE.
13. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND RELATED ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
WILL BE PERFORMED BY A CERTIFIED, INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY, AABC AGENCY PROCURED BY THE MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR. A COMPLETE AIR BALANCE REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY AND TO THE
MECHANICAL ENGINEER AND APPROVED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY.
14. AIR HANDLING DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, INSTALLED AND INSULATED AS PROVIDED IN CHAPTER 6 OF
2018 IMC.
15. MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN DUCTS OR PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE FLAME SPREAD INDEX
NOT GREATER THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX NOT GREATER THAN 50 (2018 IMC SECTION 602.2).
16. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, MAXIMUM LENGTH FOR FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED FIVE FEET (5'-0").
ALUMINUM FLEX DUCTWORK WILL NOT BE ALLOWED ON ANY PORTION OF THE DUCTWORK SYSTEM.
17. ANY SUBSTITUTION MADE THAT IS DIFFERENT FROM WHAT IS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CLEARLY
INDICATED ON THE SUBMITTAL AS TO THAT IS BEING SUBSTITUTED.
18. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE 2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY
CODE.
19. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING (TAB) OF THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND RELATED ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
WILL BE PERFORMED BY A CERTIFIED, INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY, AABC OR NEBB AGENCY PROCURED BY THE
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. A COMPLETE AIR BALANCE REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY
AND TO THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER AND APPROVED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY.
20. TEST SYSTEM(S) IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES.
21. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE MADE SUCH THAT INTERRUPTION TIME WILL BE AS SHORT AS
POSSIBLE. GIVE THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS NOTICE OF SUCH INTERRUPTIONS AND THE
ACTUAL SHUT -DOWN TIME SHALL BE AT A TIME DESIGNATED BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE.
HVAC METHODS & MATERIALS
1. PERFORM ALL SHEET METAL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS. AIR HANDLING DUCT
SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, INSTALLED, AND INSULATED AS DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER 6 OF THE 2018 IMC. ALL
SHEET METAL PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, CURRENT EDITION.
2. DUCT SEALING SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN CHAPTER 6 OF THE IMC. IN ADDITION, PROVIDE SEAL CLASS A
FOR ALL DUCTWORK.
3. CONSTRUCT DUCTS WITH G-90 OR BETTER GALVANIZED STEEL (ASTM 527) LFQ.
4. CONSTRUCT RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK TO MEET ALL FUNCTIONAL CRITERIA DEFINED IN CHAPTER 11, OF THE SMACNA
HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. PROVIDE DIAGONAL CREASING OR BEADING ON ALL PANELS WIDER THAN 18-
INCHES, AND PANELS LESS THAN 18 GAGE. CONSTRUCT ROUND AND FLAT OVAL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH
CHAPTER 3 OF SMACNA HDCS.
5. DUCTMATE, METU, OR W.D.C.I. DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEMS ARE ACCEPTABLE. DUCTS CONSTRUCTED USING THESE
SYSTEMS WILL REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES FOR SHEET GAGE, INTERMEDIATE REINFORCEMENT SIZE
AND SPACING, AND JOINT REINFORCEMENTS.
6. PROVIDE COLLARS WHEREVER AN EXPOSED DUCT PASSES THROUGH A WALL, SLAB, OR CEILINGS -INCH WIDE, 18-GAGE
ANGLE WITH MITERED CORNERS & SEAL WITH FIBERGLASS AND MASTIC.
7. SPIN -IN FITTINGS SHALL BE CONICAL TYPE WITH VOLUME DAMPER, AND QUADRANT; FLEX MASTER ELGEN OR
EQUIVALENT.
8. ELBOWS IN RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE AN INSIDE RADIUS EQUAL TO DIMENSION OF ELBOW IN
THE PLANE OF THE TURN.
9. ELBOWS IN ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE THE INSIDE RADIUS EQUAL TO DIMENSION OF ELBOW IN THE PLANE OF THE
TURN. USE SEGMENTED, STANDING SEAM, PLEATED, OR STAMPED ELBOWS. ADJUSTABLE ELBOWS ARE ALLOWED IF
RADIUS CONFORMS TO ABOVE.
10. SQUARE CORNER INSERTS (TURNING VANES) SHALL BE SMACNA FIG. 4.3 DOUBLE THICKNESS, RUNNER TYPE 2 WITH
2-1/8-INCH SPACING.
11. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS IN THE DUCT TO EACH SUPPLY, EXHAUST, OR RETURN OPENING. LOCATE DAMPERS AT A
POINT WHERE THE DUCT IS ACCESSIBLE; AS FAR FROM THE OUTLET AS POSSIBLE. DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN MD25 OR
MDRS25.
12. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, MAXIMUM LENGTH FOR FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED FIVE FEET (5-0").
ALUMINUM FLEX DUCTWORK WILL NOT BE ALLOWED ON ANY PORTION OF THE DUCTWORK SYSTEM
13. THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL DEBRIS FROM THE INSIDE OF ALL DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS.
14. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS FOR GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. ENSURE THAT DIFFUSER AND GRILLE FRAMES
MATCH CEILING TYPES AND FINISH PRIOR TO ORDERING.
15. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO METAL DUCTS WITH A SLIP JOINT MADE USING FIRE RESISTANT MASTIC AND CLAMP,
IDEAL "SNAP -LOCK" OR VENTLOCK "SURETIGHT NO. 670" AT EACH END. SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC
DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ABRUPT BENDS OR OFFSETS. MAXIMUM LENGTH 5-FEET.
LOW PRESSURE INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE THERMAFLEX MK-E.
16. AIR SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALANCED SO AS TO FIRST MINIMIZE THROTTLING LOSSES, THEN ADJUSTED TO MEET DESIGN
FLOW CONDITIONS.
17. CEILING FANS, EQUIPMENT, DIFFUSERS, & GRILLES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH PLACEMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES.
18. ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ARE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ROUND
DUCT SHALL BE SHEET METAL. PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN ALL ROUND 2-PIECE AND RECTANGULAR 90 DEGREE
ELBOWS.
19. ALL DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS.
20. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT DUCT CONNECTIONS TO ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT.
21. ALL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS, SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS OF LOW-PRESSURE SUPPLY AND RETURN
DUCTS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED AND SEALED WITH WELDS, GASKETS, MASTICS (ADHESIVES), MASTIC -PLUS -
EMBEDDED -FABRIC SYSTEMS OR TAPES INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS.
22. EXCEPTION(S):
CONTINUOUSLY WELDED AND LOCKING -TYPE LONGITUDINAL JOINTS AND SEAMS ON DUCTS OPERATING AT STATIC
PRESSURES LESS THAN 2 INCHES W.G. PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION.
23. ALL DUCT SYSTEMS NOTED FOR THIS PROJECT ARE LOW PRESSURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH C403.20.2.1.
24. VENTILATION SHALL BE PROVIDED PER IMC CHAPTER 4. MECHANICALLY VENTILATED SYSTEMS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF
REDUCING THE OUTDOOR AIR SUPPLY TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED BY CHAPTER 4 OF THE IMC. SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN
CONFIGURED TO NOT EXCEED 150% OF IMC REQUIREMENTS.
25. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" ACOUSTICAL LINING IN DUCTWORK WITHIN 10 FEET OF AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE DURO-
DYNE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION AT DUCT AT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS
SYSTEM CONTROLS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
GENERAL HVAC:
SEQUENCES OF OPERATION SHALL IN GENERAL BE ACCOMPLISHED USING THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CONTROLS
AND USING SCHEDULED CONTROL COMPONENTS. ALL TEMPERATURE SET POINTS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE.
DUCTLESS INDOOR AC UNITS:
OCCUPIED OPERATION:
UPON DEMAND FOR HEATING OR COOLING (INITIALLY SET AT 70 DEG F HEATING / 75 DEG F COOLING), FAN SHALL BE
ENERGIZED AND FAN SPEED SHALL ADJUST / MODULATE BASED ON LOAD REQUIREMENTS TO SATISFY SPACE
TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS.
UNOCCUPIED OPERATION:
FAN SHALL CYCLE UPON DEMAND FOR HEATING OR COOLING BASED ON SETBACK TEMPERATURES.
WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE NOTES
1. HEAT PUMPS HAVING SUPPLEMENTARY ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEAT SHALL HAVE CONTROLS THAT, EXCEPT DURING
DEFROST, PREVENT SUPPLEMENTARY HEAT OPERATION WHEN THE HEAT PUMP CAN MEET THE HEATING LOAD.
2. EACH HVAC SYSTEM SHALL HAVE CONTROLS THAT VARY THE START-UP TIME OF THE SYSTEM TO JUST MEET THE
TEMPERATURE SET POINT AT TIME OF OCCUPANCY.
3. WHERE USED TO CONTROL BOTH HEATING AND COOLING, ZONE THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS SHALL PROVIDE A
TEMPERATURE RANGE OR DEADBAND OF AT LEAST 5°F WITHIN WHICH THE SUPPLY OF HEATING AND COOLING ENERGY
TO THE ZONE IS CAPABLE OF BEING SHUT OFF OR REDUCED TO A MINIMUM PER C403.2.4.1.2.
4. PER C403.4.2, C403.4.2.1 AND C403.4.2.2, EACH ZONE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS CONFIGURED
WITH REQUIRED AUTOMATIC SETBACK AND MANUAL OVERRIDE FUNCTIONS, SETBACK TEMPERATURES, AND CONTROL
METHOD (AUTOMATIC TIME CLOCK OR 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLS).
5. PER C403.4.2.3; PROVIDE AUTOMATIC START CONTROLS FOR EACH HVAC SYSTEM. THE CONTROLS SHALL BE CAPABLE
OF AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTING THE DAILY START TIME OF THE HVAC SYSTEM IN ORDER TO BRING EACH SPACE TO THE
DESIRED OCCUPIED TEMPERATURE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO SCHEDULED OCCUPANCY AND SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO
REDUCE HEATING SETPOINT AND INCREASE COOLING SETPOINT BY AT LEAST 2°F PRIOR TO SCHEDULED UNOCCUPIED
PERIODS.
6. EXHAUST SYSTEM OFF -HOUR CONTROLS, PER C403.4.2.4, FOR ALL OCCUPANCIES OTHER THAN GROUP R, EXHAUST
SYSTEMS SERVING SPACES WITHIN THE CONDITIONED ENVELOPE SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY EITHER AN AUTOMATIC
TIME CLOCK, THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS OR PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SYSTEM TO OPERATE ON THE SAME SCHEDULE
AS THE HVAC SYSTEMS PROVIDING THEIR MAKE-UP AIR.
7. PER C403.4.1.4, HEATING OR COOLED VESTIBULES; THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS SHALL INDICATE A HEATING SETPOINT OF
LESS THAN 60°F AND A COOLING SETPOINT GREATER THAN 85°F. CONTROLS SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO TURN OFF
HEATING WHEN OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE IS GREATER THAN 45°F.
8. PER C403.4.11.1, C403.4.11.2, AND C403.4.11.3, CENTRAL AND ZONE LEVEL DDC CONTROLS SHALL BE REQUIRED BASED ON
SYSTEM APPLICATION, CAPACITY OR SIZE THRESHOLDS AND OTHER QUALIFICATIONS PER TABLE C403.4.11.1. ALL DDC
SYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL POINTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITHIN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. CONTROL
CAPABILITY SHALL INCLUDE MONITORING ZONE AND SYSTEM LEVEL DEMAND FOR HEATING AND COOLING.
9. PER C403.7.8.4, AUTOMATIC CONTROLS SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO CLOSE OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE, EXHAUST AND RELIEF
OUTLET DAMPERS DURING UNOCCUPIED EQUIPMENT OPERATION; NOT INCLUDING ECONOMIZER COOLING, NIGHT FLUSH
OR IMC REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIR/EXHAUST.
10. PURSUANT TO SECTION C408.1.2.2, FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING OF THE HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED TO
ENSURE THAT THE CONTROL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED, AND OPERATE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY
TESTED TO ENSURE THEY OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
11. PER C408.2.2, PLANS INDICATE THE AIR AND FLUID FLOW RATES THAT SHALL BE TESTED AND BALANCED WITHIN THE
TOLERANCES DEFINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALANCED IN A MANNER TO FIRST MINIMIZE
THROTTLING LOSSES, THEN ADJUSTED TO MEET DESIGN FLOW CONDITIONS.
12. HEATED -WATER CIRCULATION SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C404.7.1. HEATED -WATER SYSTEMS
PROVIDED WITH A CIRCULATION PUMP SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CONTROLS THAT SHALL START THE PUMP BASED ON
THE IDENTIFICATION OF A DEMAND FOR HOT WATER WITHIN THE OCCUPANCY. THE CONTROLS SHALL AUTOMATICALLY
TURN OFF THE PUMP WHEN THE WATER IN THE CIRCULATION LOOP IS AT THE DESIRED TEMPERATURE AND THERE IS NO
DEMAND FOR HOT WATER.
13. PROTECT PIPING INSULATION PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF WSEC, C403.2.9.1.
14. SERVICE WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CONTROLS TO ALLOW A SETPOINT OF 120°F. THE
OUTLET TEMPERATURE OF LAVATORIES IN PUBLIC FACILITY RESTROOMS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 110°F. HOT WATER
SERVICE PIPING SHALL EXTEND TO WITHIN 24" OF PUBLIC LAVATORIES. SIZING AND ROUTING LENGTHS FOR ALL OTHER
FIXTURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE C404.3.1.
REMODEL AND DEMOLITION NOTES
1. DEMOLITION: WORK REQUIRED IS NOTED ON PLANS. VERIFY WITH ON SITE CONDITION AND OWNER. SALVAGE
EQUIPMENT FOR OWNER'S USE AS NOTED.
2. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE DUST & DUST MIGRATION.
3. EXISTING MATERIALS THAT ARE REMOVED SHALL NOT BE REUSED IN NEW SYSTEMS, EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED AS
BEING RELOCATED.
4. WHERE INDICATED, DUCTWORK AND PIPING OR PORTIONS OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE REUSED. REFER TO
DRAWING PLANS FOR POINTS OF CONNECTIONS.
5. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WHERE REQUIRED BY DEMOLITION OR
ALTERATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND
PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PIPE, DUCT AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND HANGERS TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY, SAFETY AND
PROPER OPERATION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK.
6. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE MADE SUCH THAT INTERRUPTION TIME WILL BE AS SHORT AS
POSSIBLE. GIVE THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS NOTICE OF SUCH INTERRUPTIONS AND THE
ACTUAL SHUT -DOWN TIME SHALL BE AT A TIME DESIGNATED BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
SCOPE NARRATIVE
SCOPE NARRATIVE:
THE PROPOSED PROJECT CONSISTS OF EXISTING FAN COIL UNITS SERVING OFFICES, CONFERENCE ROOMS, AND TREAMENT
ROOMS, AS WELL AS VENTILATION DUCTWORK SERVING THE PLENUM AREA. EXHAUST IS LOCALLY PROVIDED TO EACH RESTROOM
AS NOTED ON THE EXISTING MECHANICAL PLANS. THE GOAL IS TO RE -ZONE AND REDISTRIBUTE SUPPLY AND VENTILAITON AIR TO
THE NEW OFFICES, EXAM ROOMS, CONFERENCE ROOMS, ETC. BY REUSING THE FAN COILS CURRENTLY IN PLACE. THE VENTILATION
WILL BE PROVIDED TO EACH SPACE VIA A NEW CEILING CONCEALED UNIT.
THE MECHANICAL PLANS INCLUDE:
1. DEMOLITION PLANS INDICATING REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING DUCTWORK AND CORRESPONDING GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND
DIFFUSERS AS NECESSARY FOR THE REDISTRIBUTION OF NEW DUCTWORK SERVING THE REVISED LAYOUT OF OFFICES,
GROUP ROOMS, CONFERENCE ROOMS, AND TREATMENT ROOMS ALONG WITH SUPPORTING ANCILLARY SPACES.
2. THE DESIGN OF HVAC SYSTEMS AND SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE THE USE OF THE EXISTING HEAT PUMPS,
TOTAL OF 5, AND EXHAUST FANS, TOTAL OF 2, THAT MEET THE CONDITIONING AND AIR CHANGES REQUIRED FOR THE
REVISED ZONING LAYOUTS.
3. ADDITION OF NEW DUCT TAPS AND DIFFUSERS TO EACH SPACE FOR THE PROVISION AND REDISTRIBUTION OF
VENTILATION AIR.
4. LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, REVISED DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND MECHANICAL
CONDITIONING REQUIREMENTS.
5. COORDINATION WITH EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT BY WAY OF RE -USE.
6. LOCATION OF NEW HVAC UNITS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER AND BUILDING ENGINEER FOR
FUTURE MAINTENANCE AND ACCESS.
7. DUCT LAYOUT AND AIR DISTRIBUTION FOR ALL NEW AND OR EXISTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED FOR RE -USE.
8. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTEGRATION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLS. EXISTING
CONTROLS ARE NOTED AS BEING STAND-ALONE WALL MOUNTED PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS AND SHALL BE RE-
USED/REPLACED BASED ON FUNCTIONALITY AND EQUIPMENT LIFE EXPECTANCY.
ABBREVIATIONS
A
AIR, AMP
ID
INSIDE DIAMETER, INDIRECT DRAIN
ACU
AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
IE
INVERT ELEVATION
AFF
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
IH
INTAKE HOOD
AHU
AIR HANDLING UNIT
IN
INCH
AL
ALUMINUM, ACOUSTICAL LINING
INIT
INITIAL
ARRGT
ARRANGEMENT
INT
INTERIOR
ATM
ATMOSPHERE
IPLV
INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE
BC
BLOWER COIL
KW
KILOWATT
BDD
BACKDRAFT DAMPER
KWH
KILOWATT HOURS
BFF
BELOW FINISHED FLOOR
BFP
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
L
LENGTH
BHP
BRAKE HORSEPOWER
LAT
LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE
BLDG
BUILDING
LB
POUND, LINEAR BAR
BOB
BOTTOM OF BEAM
LBS
POUNDS
BOD
BOTTOM OF DUCT
LID
LINEAR DIFFUSER
BOS
BOTTOM OF STEEL
LWT
LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE
BTUH
BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR
MAX
MAXIMUM
CAP
CAPACITY
MBH
THOUSAND BTU PER HOUR
CC
COOLING COIL
MCA
MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY
CD
CEILING DIFFUSER
MD
MANUAL DAMPER
CFM
CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE
MECH
MECHANICAL
CHR
CHILLED WATER RETURN
MFR
MANUFACTURER
CHS
CHILLED WATER SUPPLY
MIN
MINIMUM
CI
CAST IRON
MOCP
MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION
CLG
CEILING, COOLING
MOD
MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER
CNTFGL
CENTRIFUGAL
MTR
MOTOR
CO
CLEANOUT
CONC
CONCRETE
NC
NORMALLY CLOSED
COND
CONDENSATE
NEG
NEGATIVE
CONT
CONTINUE, CONTROL
NIC
NOT IN CONTRACT
COMP
COMPRESSOR
NO
NUMBER, NORMALLY OPEN
COP
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE
NTS
NOT TO SCALE
CID
CIRCULATING PUMP
CRU
CONDENSATE RETURN UNIT
CA
OUTDOOR AIR
CU
CONDENSING UNIT
OC
ON CENTER
CU FT
CUBIC FEET
OD
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
CV
CONSTANT VOLUME
OPNG
OPENING
CVTR
CONVERTER
ORD
OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN
CW
COLD WATER
ORL
OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER
dB
DECIBELS
P
PUMP, PLUMBING
DB
DRY BULB
PD
PRESSURE DROP
DCVA
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY
PH
PHASE
DEG
DEGREE
POC
POINT OF CONNECTION
DF
DRINKING FOUNTAIN
POS
POSITIVE
DI
DE -IONIZED
PR
PUMPED RETURN
DIA
DIAMETER
P/T
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
DMPR
DAMPER
PVC
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
DN
DOWN
DS
DOWNSPOUT
QTY
QUANTITY
E
EXISTING
RA
RETURN AIR
EA
EXHAUST AIR
RD
ROOF DRAIN
EAT
ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE
REF
REFERENCE
EER
ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING
REQD
REQUIRED
EF
EXHAUST FAN
RF
RETURN FAN
EFF
EFFICIENCY
RG
RETURN GRILLE
EG
EXHAUST GRILLE
RH
RELIEF HOOD, RELATIVE HUMIDITY
EL
ELEVATION
RL
RAIN LEADER
EQUIP
EQUIPMENT
RPBP
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER
ESP
EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE
RPM
REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE
EWT
ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE
EXH
EXHAUST
S
SOIL
EWC
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
SA
SUPPLY AIR
EXIST
EXISTING
SD
STORM DRAIN, SMOKE DAMPER
EXP
EXPANSION
SENS
SENSIBLE
EXT
EXTERIOR, EXTERNAL
SEER
SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING
SF
SUPPLY FAN, SQUARE FEET
F
FAHRENHEIT, FIRE LINE
SG
SUPPLY GRILLE
FD
FIRE DAMPER, FLOOR DRAIN
SL
SOUNDLINING
FDC
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION
SP
STATIC PRESSURE
FLA
FULL LOAD AMPS
SPR
SPRINKLER
FLR
FLOOR
SS
STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER
FLTR
FILTER
STP
STANDPIPE
FM
FLOW METER
FOB
FLAT ON BOTTOM
T
THERMOSTAT
FO
FLAT OVAL
TEMP
TEMPERATURE
FOT
FLAT ON TOP
TG
TRANSFER GRILLE
FPM
FEET PER MINUTE
TOD
TOP OF DUCT
FPS
FEET PER SECOND
TOT
TOTAL
FSD
FIRE SMOKE DAMPER
TP
TRAP PRIMER, TOTAL PRESSURE
FT
FEET, FAN TERMINAL
TSP
TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE
FV
FACE VELOCITY
TU
TERMINAL UNIT
TYP
TYPICAL
GA
GAGE
GAL
GALLONS
UH
UNIT HEATER
GALV
GALVANIZED
LION
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
GPM
GALLONS PER MINUTE
V
VENT, VOLT
H
HUMIDIFIER, HEIGHT
VA
VALVE
HB
HOSE BIBB
VAV
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME
HC
HEATING COIL
VEL
VELOCITY
HD
HEAD
VFD
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
HEX
HEAT EXCHANGE
VTR
VENT THROUGH ROOF
HOA
HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC
HP
HORSEPOWER, HEAT PUMP
W
WASTE, WATER, WATT, WIDTH
HPS
HIGH PRESSURE STEAM
WB
WET BULB
HTG
HEATING
WG
WATER GAGE
HW
HOT WATER
WH
WATER HEATER, WALL HYDRANT
HWC
HOT WATER CIRCULATING
WTR
WATER
HWP
HOT WATER PUMP
HWR
HEATING WATER RETURN
HWS
HEATING WATER SUPPLY
HZ
HERTZ
APPLICABLE CODES
1. BUILDING CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
2. PLUMBING CODE: 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
3. MECHANICAL CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
4. ELECTRICAL CODE: 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70 - 2020) INC. ANNEX A, B, AND C
5. FIRE/LIFE SAFETY: 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
6. ADA AND ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (LATEST EDITION)
7. ASME A17.1 SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS.
8. ENERGY: 2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE
ANCHORAGE AND BRACING NOTES
1. PIPES, DUCTS AND CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND BRACED PER THE 2006 SMACNA "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC
RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS", THE "SUPERSTRUT SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM" FOR
PIPES AND CONDUITS ONLY.
HVAC LEGENDS & SYMBOLS
SYMBOLS
ABBREVIATIONS
DESCRIPTIONS
12x12
SQ., RECT., OR ROUND DUCT SIZE AS NOTED
L12x12
DUCT WITH 1" ACOUSTICAL LINER (INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSION)
EXISTING DUCT OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN
EXISTING DUCT OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED
FLEXIBLE DUCT
®�
CD
CEILING DIFFUSER, SUPPLY
%►p ®�'
CR / CE
CEILING REGISTER, RETURN / EXHAUST
SECTION THROUGH DUCT
DUCT DOWN
RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION
ElDUCT
ACCESS DOOR
MITERED DUCT ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES
IF i�
SFD
COMBINATION SMOKE / FIRE DAMPER WITH ACCESS DOOR
MVD
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER, LOCKING QUADRANT TYPE
FOR ROUND DUCT OR OPPOSED BLADE TYPE FOR
RECT DUCT.
SECTION REFERENCE
DETAIL No.
DETAIL REFERENCE
SHEET No.
EQUIPMENT
a
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AND NUMBER
ID. No.
OBD
OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER
PARALLEL DAMPER
T'STAT
THERMOSTAT
CO2 SENSOR
CO2 SENSOR
OH _1
HUMIDISTAT
HI
HUMIDITY INDICATOR
BY-PASS TIMER
BD
BACK DRAFT DAMPER
SWITCH
TC
TIME CLOCK
MT
MASTER CONTROL STAT
DUCT DETECTOR
REMOTE SENSOR
A.F.F.
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
CFM
CUBIC FEET OF AIR PER MINUTE
CFMS
CFM SUPPLY
CFMR
CFM RETURN
CFME
CFM EXHAUST
O.S.A.
OUTSIDE AIR
(E) or EXIST.
EXISTING
(N)
NEW
30x10
INDICATES RECTANGULAR DUCT SIZE: WIDTH x HEIGHT
12" 0
INDICATES ROUND DUCT SIZE: DIAMETER
POC
POINT OF CONNECTION
POD
POINT OF DEMOLITION
M
MOTORIZED DAMPER
- RS• - •RS - •RS -
IRS
REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES
- RL- - -RL - -RL -
RL
REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINES
RELOCATE EQUIPMENT
1
REVISION CLOUD W/ REVISION CALLOUT (REV-1)
O 2
DEMOLITION / CONSTRUCTION NOTES
,,,--VAVBOX
SERVICE
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT W/ SERVICE CLEARANCE
CLEARANCE
SIZE
8x�NECK
A
AIR TERMINAL TAG
200�
(TYP X) AIRFLOW
DIFFUSER
TYPE
MECHANICAL
SHEET INDEX
SHEET NUMBER
I
SHEET NAME
M0.01
MECHANICAL LEGENDS NOTES & SCHEDULES
M0.02
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M0.03
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M1.01
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 2
M2.01
MECHANICAL REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
M2.02
MECHANICAL VENTILATION REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
M3.01
MECHANICAL DETAILS & DIAGRAMS
M3.02
MECHANICAL DETAILS & DIAGRAMS
M4.01
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M4.02
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
LEGENDS NOTES &
SCHEDULES
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
a
1
2
3 1 4
5 1 6
7
8
7
10
11
SHEET NO
M0001
24-220
1 1 2 3 4 5 1 6
7 8 9 10 11
..
0
LL
w
0
U
m I
CONSTANT VOLUME VENTILATION CALCULATIONS
LOCATION
ROOM TYPE
VENTILATION
5 CFM / PERSON
AREA (ft2)
438
156
PEOPLE
14
2
VENTILATION CFM
97
20
DESIGN VENT CFM
100
20
SUPPLY CFM
800
253
VENTILATION %
13%
8%
ZONE HP-2-1A
ROOM 207 TREATMENT
TREATMENT
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 208 GROUP ROOM
GROUP ROOM
5 CFM / PERSON
282
12
77
80
547
15%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ZONE HP-2-2A
OFFICE*
5 CFM / PERSON
0.06 CFM / ft2
591
14
107
220
800
28%
ROOM 209 OFFICE
62.3
2
14
50
118
42%
ROOM 210 WORK AREA
WORK AREA
5 CFM / PERSON
113
2
17
50
208
24%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 211 BREAK ROOM
BREAK ROOM
OFFICE
5 CFM / PERSON
165
5
35
50
255
20%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 212 OFFICE
5 CFM / PERSON
112
5
32
50
188
27%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 217B HALL
HALL 1
5 CFM / PERSON
139
0
9
20
30
67%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ZONE HP-2-3A
637
13
106
220
800
28%
ROOM 202 PREP
ROOM 203 TREATMENT
OFFICE
TREATMENT
5 CFM / PERSON
52.5
1
9
50
90
55%
0.06 CFM / ft2
5 CFM / PERSON
110
2
17
50
186
27%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 204 TREATMENT
TREATMENT
5 CFM / PERSON
111
2
17
50
186
27%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 205 TREATMENT
ROOM 218 HALL
TREATMENT
HALL 1
5 CFM / PERSON
105
2
17
50
180
28%
0.06 CFM / ft2
5 CFM / PERSON
196
0
12
20
157
13%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ZONE HP-24A
OFFICE
519
10
82
140
800
14%
ROOM 200 WAITING
5 CFM / PERSON
182
5
36
50
347
14%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 201 RECEPTION
OFFICE
5 CFM / PERSON
158
5
35
75
323
15%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 217A HALL
ZONE HP-2-5A
ROOM 213 GROUP ROOM
ROOM 214 WORK ROOM
HALL 1
GROUP ROOM
WORKROOM
5 CFM / PERSON
178
0
11
15
130
12%
0.06 CFM / ft2
607
22
147
160
800
20%
5 CFM / PERSON
300
12
78
80
540
14%
0.06 CFM / ft2
5 CFM / PERSON
163
10
60
60
225
27%
0.06 CFM / ft2
ROOM 216 HALL
HALL 1
5 CFM / PERSON
144
0
9
20
35
57%
0.06 CFM / ft2
CONSTANT VOLUME VENTILATION CALCULATIONS - NEW SPACES
VENTILATION RATE
CALCULATION
ROOFTOP
CEILING
ROOM
PRESSURE
ALL ROOM AIR
AIR
CALC MIN
EQUIPMENT
FLOOR
ROOM NAME
AREA (SF)
HEIGHT (FT)
VOLUME
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
RELATIONSHIP TO
MINIMUM
MINIMUM
EXHAUST
RECIRCULATED BY
RH (k)
ROOM TOTAL
CALC CA
SERVED
(Cu. FT)
OUTDOOR ACH
TOTAL ACH
DIRECTLY TO
MEANS OF ROOM
%�a
MIN (CFM)
ADJACENT AREAS
OUTDOORS Q)
UNITS (a)
AIR (CFM)
SEE PLANS
203 TREATMENT
8.0
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
N/R
N/R
max 60
90
30
2
110
880
2.0
6.0
SEE PLANS
204 TREATMENT
8.0
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
N/R
max 60
max 60
90
85
30
30
2
111
888
N/R
2.0
2.0
6.0
6.0
N/R
N/R
SEE PLANS
2
205 TREATMENT
105
8.0
840
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
SEE PLANS
2
207 TREATMENT
156
8.0
1248
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
2.0
6.0
N/R
N/R
max 60
125
45
TOTAL
482
3856
135
2009 IMC VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
UNIT NO.
ROOM NAME
OCCUPANCY
AREA (SF)
# OF PPL.
CFM/SF
CFM/PERSON
ROOM OSA (CFM)*
ZONE OSA (CFM)*
HP 2-1
232 SCALE ALCOVE
PATIENT ROOM
65
1
0
15
19
234 EXAM
236 EXAM
238 EXAM
PATIENT ROOM
108
1
0
15
19
75
PATIENT ROOM
108
1
0
15
19
PATIENT ROOM
159
1
0
15
19
HP 2-1 B
250 HALL
CORRIDOR
240
0
0.06
0
18
39
257 OFFICE
OFFICE
119
2
0.06
5
21
HP 2-2A
211 LAB
SCIENCE LAB
169
2
0.18
10
63
212 READ
OFFICE
112
2
0.06
5
21
138
221 TOUCHDOWN AREA
OFFICE
227
6
0.06
5
55
HP 2-213
253 STAFF LOUNGE
OFFICE
201
5
0.06
5
46
254 OFFICE
OFFICE
100
1
0.06
5
14
88
255 OFFICE
OFFICE
100
1
0.06
5
14
256 OFFICE
OFFICE
100
1
0.06
5
14
HP 2-3A
200 WAIT
RECEPTION
185
8
0.06
5
64
201 RECEPTION
RECEPTION
158
2
0.06
5
24
210 HALL
CORRIDOR
323
0
0.06
0
24
231 CLEAN
LAUNDRY
56
1
0
25
31
200
233 EXAM
PATIENT ROOM
110
1
0
15
19
235 EXAM
PATIENT ROOM
111
1
0
15
19
237 EXAM
PATIENT ROOM
106
1
0
15
19
HP 2-4A
213 TREADMILL
MEDICAL PROCEDURE
294
2
0
15
38
38
HP 2-5A
214 ECHO
MEDICAL PROCEDURE
155
1
0
15
19
19
TOTAL
597
CONSTANT VOLUME VENTILATION CALCULATIONS - EXISTING SPACES (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
ROOFTOP
EQUIPMENT
SERVED
FLOOR
2
ROOM NAME AREA (SF)
233 EXAM 110
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
EXAMINATION ROOM
PRESSURE
RELATIONSHIP TO
ADJACENT AREAS
N/R
VENTILATION
RATE CALCULATION
ALL ROOM AIR
EXHAUST
DIRECTLY TO
OUTDOORS
N/R
RH
ova
DESIGN
TOTAL (CFM)
MINIMUM
OUTDOOR ACH
2.0
MINIMUM TOTAL
ACH
6.0
DESIGN TOTAL
ACH
6.0
AIR
RECIRCULATED BY
MEANS OF ROOM
UNITS
CALC MIN
ROOM TOTAL
AIR (CFM)
CALC OA MIN
(CFM)
-
N/R
max 60
90
30
90
-
2
234 EXAM
108
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
2.0
6.0
13.0
N/R
N/R
max 60
90
30
200
-
2
235 EXAM
110
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
2.0
6.0
6.0
N/R
N/R
max 60
90
30
90
-
2
236 EXAM
111
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
2.0
6.0
13.0
N/R
N/R
max 60
90
30
200
-
2
237 EXAM
106
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
2.0
6.0
6.0
N/R
N/R
max 60
85
30
90
-
2
238 EXAM
159
EXAMINATION ROOM
N/R
2.0
6.0
13.0
N/R
N/R
max 60
130
45
300
TOTAL 267
195
970
1
2
3
4
5
6
TABLE C403.10.1.2 - SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST, AND RELIEF AIR DUCTWORK INSULATION
DUCT SYSTEM
DUCT LOCATION AND USE
CLIMATE ZONE
MINIMUM INSTALLED DUCT
NOTES
INSULATION R-VALUE a,b
SUPPLY AIR OR
OUTSIDE THE BUILDING (OUTDOORS AND
4C
R-8
SEE SECTION C403.10.1.2 FOR DETAILS
RETURN AIR
EXPOSED TO WEATHER)C
5B
SUPPLY AIR OR
OUTSIDE THE BUILDING (OUTDOORS AND
R-12
SEE SECTION C403.10.1.2 FOR DETAILS
RETURN AIR
EXPOSED TO WEATHER)C
SUPPLY AIR OR
UNCONDITIONED SPACE (ENCLOSED BUT NOT
4C AND 5B
R-6
SEE SECTION C403.10.1.2 FOR DETAILS
RETURN AIR
IN THE BUILDING CONDITIONED ENVELOPE)
UNCONDITIONED SPACE WHERE THE DUCT
SUPPLY AIR OR
CONVEYS AIR THAT IS WITHIN 150F OF THE AIR
4C AND 5B
R-3.3
SEE IMC SECTION 603.12 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDENSATION CONTROL AT DUCTWORK
RETURN AIR
TEMPERATURE OF THE SURROUNDING
UNCONDITIONED SPACE
SUPPLY AIR OR
WHERE LOCATED IN A BUILDING ENVELOPE
4C AND 5B
R-16
DUCT OR PLENUM IS SEPARATED FROM THE BUILDING ENVELOPE ASSEMBLY WITH THE MINIMUM INSULATION VALUE
RETURN AIR
ASSEMBLY
WITHIN A CONDITIONED SPACE WHERE THE
SUPPLY AIR
SUPPLY DUCT CONVEYS AIR THAT IS LESS
4C AND 5B
R-3.3
SEE SECTION C403.10.1.2 FOR DETAILS
THAN 550F OR GREATER THA 1050F
WITHIN A CONDITIONED SPACE THAT THE DUCT
SUPPLY AIR
DIRECTLY SERVES WHERE THE SUPPLY DUCT
4C AND 5B
NONE
SEE SECTION C403.10.1.2 FOR DETAILS
CONVEYS AIR THAT IS LESS THAN 550F OR
GREATER THAN 1050F
WITHIN A CONDITIONED SPACE WHERE THE
SUPPLY AIR
SUPPLY DUCT CONVEYS AIR THAT IS 550F OR
4C AND 5B
NONE
GREATER AND 1050F OR LESS
RETURN OR
WITHIN A CONDITIONED SPACE, DOWNSTREAM
EXHAUST AIR
OF AN ENERGY RECOVERY MEDIA, UPSTREAM
4C
R-8
OF AN AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF DAMPER
RETURN OR
WITHIN A CONDITIONED SPACE, DOWNSTREAM
EXHAUST AIR
OF AN ENERGY RECOVERY MEDIA, UPSTREAM
5B
R-12
OF AN AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF DAMPER
RETURN OR
CONDITIONED SPACE AND DOWNSTREAM OF
4C AND 5B
R-16
EXHAUST AIR
AN AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF DAMPER
a. INSULATION R-VALUES, MEASURES IN h FT20F/Btu, ARE FOR THE INSULATION AS INSTALLED AND DO NOT INCLUDE FILM RESISTANCE. THE REQUIRED MINIMUM THICKNESSES DO NOT CONSIDER WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION AND POSSIBLE SURFACE CONDENSATION.
INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASURED ON A HORIZONTAL PLANE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C518 AT A MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 750F AT THE INSTALLED THICKNESS.
b. SEE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE SECTIONS 603.12 AND 604 FOR FURTHER DETAILS ON DUCT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS.
c. INCLUDES ATTICS ABOVE INSULATED CEILINGS, PARKING GARAGES AND CRAWL SPACES.
TABLE C403.1 0.1.1 - OUTDOOR AIR DUCTWORK INSULATION
DUCT SYSTEM
DUCT LOCATION AND USE
CLIMATE ZONE
AIRFLOW
MINIMUM INSTALLED DUCT
NOTES
INSULATION R-VALUE a,b
OUTDOOR AIR
INSIDE CONDITIONED SPACE AND UPSTREAM
4C AND 5B
>_ 2800 CFM
R-8
SEE SECTION C403.10.1.1 FOR DETAILS
OF AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF DAMPER
INSIDE CONDITIONED SPACE AND
OUTDOOR AIR
DOWNSTREAM OF AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF
4C
>_ 2800 CFM
R-12
DAMPER TO HVAC UNIT OR ROOM
INSIDE CONDITIONED SPACE AND
OUTDOOR AIR
DOWNSTREAM OF AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF
5B
>_ 2800 CFM
R-6
DAMPER TO HVAC UNIT OR ROOM
OUTDOOR AIR
INSIDE CONDITIONED SPACE
4C AND 5B
< 2800 CFM
R-3.3 SEE EXCEPTION 1 TO SECTION C403.10.1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS
a. INSULATION R-VALUES, MEASURES IN h FT20F/Btu, ARE FOR THE INSULATION AS INSTALLED AND DO NOT INCLUDE FILM RESISTANCE. THE REQUIRED MINIMUM THICKNESSES DO NOT CONSIDER WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION AND POSSIBLE SURFACE CONDENSATION.
INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASURED ON A HORIZONTAL PLANE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C518 AT A MEAN TEMPERATURE OF...
b. SEE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE SECTIONS 603.12 AND 604 FOR FURTHER DETAILS ON DUCT INSULATION REQUIREMENTS.
GRILLE, REGISTER AND
DIFFUSER SCHEDULE
EQUIP. NO
LOCATION
SERVICE
BASIS OF DESIGN
BASIS OF DESIGN SERIES
DESCRIPTION
REMARKS
MANUFACTURER
A
CEILING
SUPPLY DIFFUSER
TITUS
MCD
4-WAY ADJUSTABLE, MODULAR CORE DIFFUSER
1,2,3
B
WALL
SUPPLY GRILLE
TITUS
30ORS
DOUBLE DEFLECTION SUPPLY GRILLE
1,4
C
WALL
RETURN GRILLE
TITUS
350RL
35 DEGREE DEFLECTION RETURN GRILLE
1,4
D
CEILING
RETURN GRILLE
TITUS
50F
EGGCRATE RETURN GRILLE
1,3,5
E
CEILING
EXHAUST GRILLE
TITUS
50F
EGGCRATE EXHAUST GRILLE
1
F
35 DEGREE DEFLECTION EXHAUST GRILLE
WALL
EXHAUST GRILLE
TITUS
350RL
1
REMARKS:
1. SEE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR DUCT SIZE AND CFM.
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS.
2. STEEL, WHITE, ROUND NECK, SEE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR NECK SIZE.
3. BORDER TO MATCH CEILING TYPE.
4. STEEL, WHITE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING.
5. STEEL, WHITE CORE ONLY IN ACT, 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" GRID.
EXISTING GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)
EQUIP. NO
A
B
BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER
TITUS
TITUS
BASIS OF DESIGN SERIES
MCD-3
DESCRIPTION
T-BAR LAY -IN DIFFUSER
SURFACE MT DIFFUSER
REMARKS
MCD-1
C
TITUS
ML
SLOT DIFFUSER
D
TITUS
350FL
SURFACE MT RET / EXH GRILLE
-
-
-
EGGCRATE EXHAUST GRILLE - LAY -IN
EGGCRATE EXHAUST GRILLE - LAY -IN
12x24
-
-
-
2424
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
16N110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
SCHEDULES
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
SHEET NO
MOmO2
7 8 9 10 11 24-220
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 10 11
..
-71
CD
LL-
w
0
m I
IS ROOM SPLIT -SYSTEM SCHEDULE
REFRIGERANT PIPING
OUTDOOR UNIT
ELECTRICAL
PHYSICAL DATA
TAG
AREA
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER /MODEL
NOMINAL COOLING
NOMINAL HEATING
HSPF
COP AT 47 DEG F
SEER
REMARKS
SERVED
MAX PIPE LENGTH
MAX HEIGHT DIFFERENCE
LIQ. CONN. (IN)
GAS CONN. (IN)
REFRIGERANT
CAPACITY (MBH)
CAPACITY (MBH)
MCA (AMPS)
MOCP
V-PH-Hz
DIMENSIONS (IN)
WEIGHT (LBS)
(FT)
(FT)
(AMPS)
L x W x H
HP-1
IS ROOM
ROOF
TRANE MITSUBISHI / TRUZA018KA70NA
100
100
1/4
1/2
R41OA
18.0
19.0
10.2
4.28
18.5
11
15
208-1-60
11 x 31 x 24
100
-
HP-2 IS ROOM ROOF TRANE MITSUBISHI / TRUZA018KA70NA
100 100
1/4 1/2
R41OA
18.0
19.0 1
10.2 4.28 18.5 11
15 208-1-60
11 x 31 x 24 100 -
INDOOR UNIT
INDOOR FAN
ELECTRICAL
TAG AREA LOCATION MANUFACTURER / MODEL
SERVED
ESP
FAN SPEED
MOCP
WEIGHT (LBS)
REMARKS
FLOW (CFM)
(IN WC)
MCA (AMPS)
(RPM)
(AMPS)
FLA (AMPS)
V-PH-Hz
FC-2-1 IS ROOM LEVEL 2 TRANE MITSUBISHI / TPKAOA0181 HA70A
425 -
- 1
-
0.33
-
29
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10
FC-2-2 IS ROOM LEVEL 2 TRANE MITSUBISHI / TPKAOA0181 HA70A
425 -
- 1
-
0.33
-
29
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
REMARKS:
1. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY MOTOR STARTERS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SEPARATE DISCONNECT SWITCH.
2. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL CRANKCASE HEATER, SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION, ALUMINUM FAN BLADES.
3. PROVIDE ALL ASSOCIATED REFRIGERANT PIPING SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S LISTED RECOMMENDATIONS. INSULATE ALL REFRIGERANT PIPING AND PROVIDE WATERPROOF ALUMINUM JACKETING ON ALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED/ROUTED PIPING.
4. SEE SCHEMATIC PIPING / CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR INDICATION OF REQUIRED INDOOR UNIT REMOTE CONTROLLERS, SYSTEM CONTROLLERS, AND INTEGRATION DEVICES.
5. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE T-STAT.
6. MOUNT MIN. 7'-0" A.F.F. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FINAL LOCATIONS.
7. STANDARD FILTER (BEST AVAILABLE).
8. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMP WHERE GRAVITY DRAINAGE IS NOT POSSIBLE.
9. NOMINAL COOLING CAPACITIES ARE BASED ON INDOOR COIL EAT OF 80/67 OF (DB/WB), OUTDOOR 95°F (DB).
10. NOMINAL HEATING CAPACITIES ARE BASED ON INDOOR COIL EAT OF 70°F (DB), OUTDOOR 43°F (WB).
EXISTING
FAN
SCHEDULE
MANUFACTURER
FAN
ELECTRICAL
PHYSICAL DATA
TAG AREA SERVED
LOCATION
FLOW
ESP
SPEED
SPEED
REMARKS
MAKE
MODEL
FAN TYPE
(CFM)
(IN WC)
HP (WATTS)
(RPM)
(RPM)
FLA V-PH-Hz
L x W x H (IN) WEIGHT (LBS)
EXHAUST FANS
(E)EF-2-1
STAFF LOUNGE
SEE PLANS
GREENHECK
CSP-13150
CABINET
125
0.35
-
(129)
1050
-
115-1-60
-
10
1, 2, 4
(E)EF-2-2
HOUSEKEEPING
SEE PLANS
GREENHECK
CSP-13150
CABINET
125
0.35
-
(129)
1050
-
115-1-60
-
10
1, 2, 5
(E)EF-2-3
STAFF TOILET
SEE PLANS
GREENHECK
SP-13150
CABINET
125
0.35
-
(129)
1050
-
115-1-60
-
10
1, 2, 3
(E)EF-2-4
SOILED
SEE PLANS
GREENHECK
CSP-6150
CABINET
125
0.35
-
(129)
1050
-
115-1-60
-
10
1, 2, 5
(E)EF-2-5
TOILET
SEE PLANS
GREENHECK
SP-13150
CABINET
125
0.35
-
(129)
1050
-
115-1-60
-
10
1, 2, 3
REMARKS:
1. DISCONNECT BY E.C.
2. SEE EXISTING MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR
FURTHER DETAILS.
3. CONTROL WITH LIGHT SWITCH BY E.C.
4. CONTROL WITH WALL SWITCH BY E.C.
5. FAN TO RUN 24/7.
EXISTING HEAT PUMP INDOOR UNIT SCHEDULE
UNIT NO.
(E)HP 2-1A
(E)HP 2-1 B
AREA SERVED
SOUTH PERIMETER EXAM
ROOMS
NORTH INTERIOR
MANUFACTURER
MAKE
CLIMATEMASTER
CLIMATEMASTER
MODEL
GRH024
GRH024
CAPACITY
(TONS)
2
CAPACITY
(MBH)
28.1
28
OUTDOOR
AIRTEMP
(OF)
COP
HEATING
MAX WPD
GPM
EER
ELECTRICAL
MOCP
(A)
-
-
WEIGHT
(LBS)
REMARKS
1
1
CFM
ESP
MCA (A)
12.1
12.1
V-PH-Hz
-
-
20
20
800
800
0.25
0.25
6
6
6
6
12.3
12.3
208-1-60
208-1-60
193
2
193
(E)HP 2-2A
SOUTH PERIMETER
CLIMATEMASTER
GRH024
2
28
-
20
800
0.25
6
6
12.3
12.1
-
208-1-60
193
1
(E)HP 2-26
NORTH PERIMETER
CLIMATEMASTER
GRH024
2
28.1
-
20
800
0.25
6
6
12.3
12.1
-
208-1-60
193
1
(E)HP 2-3A
(E)HP 24A
SOUTH INTERIOR
TREADMILL ROOM
CLIMATEMASTER
CLIMATEMASTER
GRH024
GRH024
2
28
-
20
800
0.25
6
6
12.3
12.1
-
208-1-60
193
193
1
1
2
28
-
20
800
0.25
6
6
12.3
12.1
-
208-1-60
(E)HP 2-5A
ECHO ROOM
CLIMATEMASTER
GRH024
2
28.1
-
20
800
0.25
6
6
12.3
12.1
-
208-1-60
193
1
REMARKS:
1. SEE EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
16NEdmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
SCHEDULES
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
SHEET NO
MOmO3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 24-220
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
..
-71
CD
LL-
w
0
U
. ca
a
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING DUCTWORK, GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS PRIOR TO
PERFORMING ANY WORK. EXISITING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS.
2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AIRFLOWS TO (E) FAN COILS AND DIFFUSERS PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL REBALANCE AIRFLOWS AS NECESSARY BASED ON THE REQUIRED AIRFLOWS TO EACH NEW ZONE. SEE M2.01 FOR LOCATIONS
OF NEW DIFFUSERS AND DUCT ROUTING.
3. EXISTING DIFFUSER TAGS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL SHUT DOWN THE (E) EQUIPMENT AND/OR OUTDOOR UNITS SERVING THIS SPACE PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION
WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF ANY SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES WITH THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, OWNER'S
REP, AND/OR OCCUPANTS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK.
5. PROVIDE DUCT FLEX CONNECTIONS TO ALL DUCTWORK CONNECTING TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (TYP).
UUU I VVVr\r\
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
16NEdmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
DEMOLITION PLAN
D - LEVEL 2
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
Q
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NORTH
®� SHEET NO M1 001
SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 1
11 24-220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4
10
11
..
C�
LL
w
0
U
ca
a
NOTE.:
SITE INVESTIGATION REVEALED THERE ARE TRANSFER DUCTS THAT ARE BLANKED OFF ABOVE
THE CEILINGS BETWEEN CERTAIN OFFICES, TREATMENT ROOMS, GROUP ROOMS, WORK
ROOMS, ETC. IN ALL AREAS ABOVE THE CEILINGS WHERE TRANSFER DUCTS ARE BLANKED OFF,
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OPEN ALL TRANSFER DUCTS TO ALLOW A RETURN PATHWAY FOR
THE SUPPLYAND VENTILATION AIR, AND ADD 90 DEGREE ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES FOR
_ACOUSTICAL MITIGATION.
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING DUCTWORK, GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS PRIOR TO
PERFORMING ANY WORK. EXISITING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS.
2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AIRFLOWS TO (E) FAN COILS AND DIFFUSERS PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL REBALANCE AIRFLOWS AS NECESSARY BASED ON THE REQUIRED AIRFLOWS TO EACH NEW ZONE. SEE M2.01 FOR LOCATIONS
OF NEW DIFFUSERS AND DUCT ROUTING.
3. EXISTING DIFFUSER TAGS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL SHUT DOWN THE (E) EQUIPMENT AND/OR OUTDOOR UNITS SERVING THIS SPACE PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION
WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF ANY SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES WITH THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, OWNER'S
REP, AND/OR OCCUPANTS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK.
5. PROVIDE DUCT FLEX CONNECTIONS TO ALL DUCTWORK CONNECTING TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (TYP).
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
U REBALANCE (E) DIFFUSER.
FAN COIL UNITS SERVING THE IS ROOM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH N+1 COOLING CAPACITY.
FC-2-2 SHALL BE THE N+1 UNIT AND SHALL BE NORMALLY OFF. UNIT SHALL ENERGIZE UPON FAILURE/SHUT-DOWN OF THE PRIMARY
UNIT (FC-2-1).
MOUNT OUTDOOR UNITS ON GROUND LEVEL OR PROVIDE MANUFACTURER STANDS FOR WALL MOUNTING. INSTALL PER THE
MANUFACTUER'S REQUIREMENTS AND PROVIDE A CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN. IF MOUNTED ON THE GROUND LEVEL, PROVIDE
CHAINLINK FENCING AROUND THE UNITS AND BOLLARDS FOR PROTECTION AGAINST DAMAGE FROM VEHICLES. SEE
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FURTHER DETAILS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER THE FINAL LOCATION OF INSTALL.
'S SITE INVESTIGATION DETERMINED THAT THERE WAS NO PATH FOR RETURN AIR AT THIS OPENING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN
OPENING IN THE WALL WHERE THE TRANSFER DUCT TRAVERSES.
6 BLANK OFF DUCT AND FULLY CLOSE DAMPER.
1 �2 3 4 5 7 6
1
Pa
3
4
5
6
(E)18x14 UP TO (E)
VENTILATION UNIT
ON THE ROOF
(E)20x16 UP TO (E)
VENTILATION UNIT
ON THE ROOF
FOR MOUNTING DETAIL, SEE
FOR MOUNTING DETAIL, SEE
JACKET. PROVIDE AIREX TITAN OUTLET GUARD AT
PENETRATION INTO THE BUILDING. SEE
MECHANICAL REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
7 8 9 10
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
G))110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
REMODEL PLAN -
D LEVEL 2
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
NORTH
9 SHEET NO
SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" M2mOl
11 24-220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4
10
11
..
-71
CD
LL-
w
0
U
ca
a
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING DUCTWORK, GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS PRIOR TO
PERFORMING ANY WORK. EXISITING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS.
2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AIRFLOWS TO (E) FAN COILS AND DIFFUSERS PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL REBALANCE AIRFLOWS AS NECESSARY BASED ON THE REQUIRED AIRFLOWS TO EACH NEW ZONE. SEE M2.01 FOR LOCATIONS
OF NEW DIFFUSERS DUCT ROUTING.
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
PROVIDE SOUND LINED TRASNFER DUCT ABOVE THE CEILING BETWEEN ANY ROOMS WHERE THE WALLS GO FUILL HEIGHT TO
STRUCTURE AND DO NOT PROVIDE AN OPENING TO THE CORRIDOR.
2) SITE INVESTIGATION DETERMINED THAT THERE WAS NO PATH FOR RETURN AIR AT THIS OPENING. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN
OPENING IN THE WALL WHERE THE TRANSFER DUCT TRAVERSES.
3) THESE WALLS ARE OPEN TO THE PLENUM. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY. PROVIDE LINED 18"x12" TRANSFER DUCT WHERE
THERE ARE NO OPENINGS TO THE CORRIDOR.
4 BLANK OFF DUCT AND FULLY CLOSE DAMPER.
NOTE:
SITE INVESTIGATION REVEALED THERE ARE TRANSFER DUCTS THAT ARE BLANKED OFF ABOVE
THE CEILINGS BETWEEN CERTAIN OFFICES, TREATMENT ROOMS, GROUP ROOMS, WORK
ROOMS, ETC. IN ALL AREAS ABOVE THE CEILINGS WHERE TRANSFER DUCTS ARE BLANKED OFF,
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OPEN ALL TRANSFER DUCTS TO ALLOW A RETURN PATHWAY FOR
THE SUPPLYAND VENTILATIONAIR, AND ADD 90 DEGREE ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES FOR
ACOUSTICAL MITIGATION.
2 �) 3 4 (5) 7 6
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
16N110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
VENTILATION
REMODEL PLAN -
D LEVEL 2
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
MECHANICAL VENTILATION REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NORTH
9 SHEET NO
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" M2mO2
11 24-220
2
3
4
5
6
7 1 8
9
10
Y
0
J
W
c� I
a
a
N
Centralized System -1 : HP-1
Piping Diagram Image (Design View)
TROZA0181 KA70NA 0.0 ft
Pipe Da Liquad ! Gas Model Plumbei Elevation C19 total (Sens)
00% Hto Total
Pipe Length (Elbow) Adld rc:,;/ / Rom / Tog Ref
TPKAOA0181 HA70A 8.0 ft
114 1 1 16.530 BTU/h (12,096 STU/h) Est- Cooling Discharge Air Temp- 48.4
L •
40 Oft (5) 12.145 BTU/h Est_ Heating Dtscharge Air Temp: 96-5
1 11 1206 IS l FC-1
HP-1
Centralized System - 1 : HP-2
Piping Diagram Image (Design View)
TRUZA0181 KA70NA 0.0 ft
Pipe Dia Liquad / Gas odN Wmbef Elevation 0g Tota1(Sens 1
aaill, M3 T001
Pipe Length (Elboyrs) Aod.l;:/ Group Room /Tag Reef
TPKAOA0181 HA7QA 8.0 ft 16.530 BTU/h (12,096 BTU/h Est_ Coolie Dis&ar a Air Temp- 48.4
� 11a l 112 � 9 g
40.OR (5) 12.145 BTU/h Est_ Heating Dmcharge A,r Temp: 96-5
2 /2l206IS! FC-2
W-2
EXTERIOR WALL OR PARAPET
WALL SEAL PENETRATION OUTLET WITH
ELASTOMERIC SLEEVE
INSULATION PROTECTIVE
PVC COVER
ELASTOMERIC LINE -SET
COMPRESSION &
ANTI -VIBRATION SLEEVE
INSULATION FOR
REFRIGERATION
SUCTION LINE o
O
REFRIGERATION
SUCTION LINE
REFRIGERATION
LIQUID LINE =
COPPER MECHANICAL CONNECTION
SECURED WITH STAINLESS
STEEL CLAMP
WALL FASTENERS SELF -TAPPING 3,18" HEX HEAD
1/4" DIAMETER ALL MATERIAL ANCHORS SCREWS
WITH ELASTOMERIC WASHERS WALL SURFACE SEAL
ELASTOMERIC GASKET
< U
aQ
U = Cn
0ofw
Q Q U
w
oz0
cn O p
Q�Q
=aw
� Y
MOUNTING HEIGHT OVER OBSTRUCTION
NOTE:
PROVIDE A 30"W x 27H x 19"D MIN. TOE/KNEE CLEARANCE FOR FRONT APPROACH OVER OBSTRUCTION
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIOND DETAIL 15 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE THERMOSTAT MOUNTING 1
12 G.A. ^'"^^"'"'
BRACIN
PROVID
TURNS
FROM E
1"x3"L16c
CLIP SECL
CD/CR W/A
TYP. (2) EE
AT DIAG.
CONNEC
W/ PANE
OVER IN
PANDUII
CEILING - R
TO
ARCHITECT
REFLECTIV
CEILING PL
FILLET
NOTE:
CONNI
APPROVED SEALANT.
A. STRAP
J 2' OF REGISTER
I KS
R
ND
MODEL #
TYPICAL SQUARE OR FOR CONNECTION TO
RECTANGULAR DUCT STRUCTURE - REFER TO
2006 SMACNA
GUIDELINES
G.I. DUCT HANGER
SEE SCHEDULE
' 45° BELOW FOR SIZE
r
/ /
2X2X16GA. G.1.
DIAGONAL BRACE
#10 SMS (TYP.)
ALTERNATE SIDES
EVERY HANGER V MIN.
Totr
NOTE: PER 2008 SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND 2019 CMC SECTION 602 & 603
HORIZONTAL
HANGER STRAP SCHEDULE
DUCT SIZE
HANGER SIZE
MAX. SPACING
MATERIAL
UP THRU 18"
1" x 18 GA.
10'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
19" TO 30"
1" x 18 GA.
10'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
31" TO 48"
1" x 1/8"
10'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
VERTICAL
DUCT SIZE
HANGER SIZE
MAX. SPACING
MATERIAL
UP THRU 24"
1" x 1/8" STRAP
12'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
25" TO 36"
1" x 1" x 1/8" ANGLE
12'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
37" TO 48"
1-1/8" x 1-1/8" x 1/8" ANGLE
12'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE CEILING DIFFUSER W/O PLENUM BOX 6 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE RECTANGULAR DUCT SUPPORT 2
FOR CONNECTION TO 1
12 G.A. DIAGONAL BRACING STRUCTURE - REFER TO
WIRE. PROVIDE (4) TIGHT TURNS FOR CONNECTION 2008 SMACNA
TO STRUCTURE
WITHIN 1-1/2" FROM END GUIDELINES 2x2x16 GA. DIAGONAL 1" 21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
REFER TO 2008 2 WIDE x 22
SMACNA GA. HANGER BRACE PER SMACNA GUIDELINES EDMONDS, WA 98026
GUIDELINES STRAP HANGER STRAP FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT. IF
1" x 3116 GA. BENT CLIP SEE SCHEDULE DISTANCE BELOW SUPPORTING
SECURED TO CD/CR W/#10 SMS BELOW STRUCTURAL MEMBER IS LESS
TYP.(2) EACH CD/CR AT DIAG. THAN 12", DIAGONAL BRACE
�( \\\\ — I MAY BE OMITTED
0 \ I 3/8"0 MACHINE BOLT
CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT -
FLEX TO DUCT COLLAR OF
PLENUM. COLLAR W/ (3)#10
SMS W/ APPROVED SEALANT
12 GA. WIRE
CEILING - REFER TO
ARCHITECTURAL
REFLECTIVE CEILING
PLAN
FILLER PANEL
NOTE: SEAL ALL JOINTS &
CONNECTIONS AIR TIGHT W/
APPROVED SEALANT.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/TOP
`—LONG RADIUS TURN NO KINKS
OPTIONAL SIDE CONNECTION
TO PLENUM WHERE CEILING
SPACE IS LIMITED
CEILING DIFFUSER OR
REGISTER REFER TO SPECS.
FOR MFR.# AND MODEL #
CEILING DIFFUSER OR REGISTER
REFER TO SPECS. FOR MFR.#
AND MODEL #
GI. PLENUM WITH 1" A.C. LINING SECURE
TO CD/CR WITH (4) #10 SMS TYP.
ROUND DUCT - SEE
PLANS FOR SIZE
DUCT STRAP - I
SAME AS HANGER
STRAP
NOTE: PER 2008 SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND 2019 CMC SECTION 602 & 603
HORIZONTAL
HANGER STRAP SCHEDULE
DUCT SIZE
HANGER SIZE
MAX. SPACING
MATERIAL
UP THRU 10"
1" x 22 GA.
10'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
11" TO 20"
1" x 22 GA.
10'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
21" TO 40"
V x 20 GA.
10'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
VERTICAL
DUCT SIZE
HANGER SIZE
MAX. SPACING
MATERIAL
UP THRU 10"
2" x 18 GA.
12'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
11" TO 20"
2" x 16 GA.
12'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
21" TO 40"
1/8" STEEL x 1-1/2"
12'-0" O/C
G.I. STEEL
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE CEILING DIFFUSER WITH PLENUM BOX 7 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
FOR CONNECTION TO
STRUCTURE - REFER TO 2008
SMACNA GUIDELINES
"OWENS CORNING" FIBERGLASS FOIL
(2) Vx18 GA. G.I.
REINFORCED TYPE 475-FR. JOINTS
HANGER STRAPS.
SEALED W/ PRESSURE SENSITIVE
SECURE TO DUCT W/
ALUM. TAPE. SEE PLANS FOR SIZE
MIN. (2) #10 S.M.S.
AND LOCATION.
3'-0"±
1" - 3/4 LB. DENSITY FIBERGLASS
BLANKET AROUND PERIMETER
OF GRILLE
SECURE GRILLE
TO DUCT W/ #10
S.M.S. MIN. (4)
CEILING
NEW CEILING GRILLE W/
FILLER PANEL. SE PLANS
FOR SIZE AND LOCATION.
FOR CONNECTION
TO STRUCTURE -
REFER TO 2008
SMACNA
GUIDELINES
1"x3116GA.
BENT CLIP
SECURED TO L
CD/CR W/#10 SMS
TYP. (2) EACH
CD/CR AT DIAG.
12 GA. WIRE
TYP OF 2
CEILING - REFER
TO ARCHITECTURAL
REFLECTIVE CEILING
PLAN
NOTE: SEAL ALL JOINTS &
CONNECTIONS AIR TIGHT W/
APPROVED SEALANT.
ROUND DUCT SUPPORT 13
j 2" WIDE x 22 GA.
/ HANGERSTRAP
CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT
FLEX TO DUCT COLLAR OF
EXHAUST FAN W (3)#10
SMS AND SEALANT
EXHAUST FAN
SIDE CONNECTION TO
EXHAUST FAN WHERE
CEILING SPACE IS LIMITED.
CEILING - REFER TO
ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTIVE
CEILING PLAN
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
DETAILS &
DIAGRAMS
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
M
V
CV
O
N
I SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
1
HEAT PUMP PIPING DIAGRAM J SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
2 3 4 5 6 7
RETURN AIR BOOT DETAIL 8 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
8 9
EXHAUST FAN DETAIL 4
10 11
SHEET NO
M3mOl
24-220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
w
U
m
a
DAGRAM SYMBOL LEGEND
DISPLAY
DESCRIPTION
7777 L WI
REF. PIPE
PIPING AND CONTROLS
SYMBOL LIQUID PIPE/GAS PIPE SIZE
P1 114 1112
SYMBOL MODEL NUMBER
MA TAR40MMU
Diamond System Builder
sw: 5.5.1.9
db: 5.5.1.6
9/9/2024
3:31 PM
CITY MULTI
iNo PAGFi SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DWG.
1� 208-230VI60Hz _=FUSE
RFMORI .q
Invents; v
HP-1
TRUZA0181KA70NA [HP-11
001
E
P1
"pl
TPKAOA0181HA70A
THIS DRAWING IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. FINAL ROUTING OF PIPING & WIRING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE
INSTALLING CONTRACTOR AND/OR DESIGNER OF RECORD. ADDITIONAL REFRIGERANT CHARGE IS NEEDED
DEPENDING ON THE SIZE AND LENGTH OF EXTENDED PIPING. PLEASE REFER TO THE AMOUNT OF PRE -CHARGE
AND THE FORMULA OF CALCULATION WHICH IS MENTIONED ON THE DATA
BOOK.
1.25mm(16 AWG) : 1.25mm(16 AWG) OR MORE.
0.75mm(20 AWG) : BETWEEN 0.5mm(24 AWG) AND 0.75mm(20 AWG).
1— �
208-230VI60Hz FUSE
HP-2
TRUZA0181KA70NA [HP-2]
002
E
206 IS 1206 IS
FC-1 FC-2
P1
5 Gp2
TPKAOA0181HA70A
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
CLEAR AREA IN FRONT OF OHP
2" DEEP DRAIN PAN BY DIV. 23
RUBBER VIBRATION ISOLATOR MOUNT
AND SECUREMENT TO BRACKET —
NOTES:
A. OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT
7
B. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD
C. INSULATION PROTECTIVE PVC COVER TYPE "AIREX
G E-FLEX GUARD" BY AIREX MANUFACTURING INC.
PROVIDE UV CABLE TIES
D. STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP
H
E. EXTERIOR WALL OR PARAPET SEAL PENETRATION
_
E
OUTLET WITH ELASTOMERIC LINE -SET
COMPRESSION SLEEVE, TYPE "AIREX TITAN
f
OUTLET" BY AIREX MANUFACTURING INC. ALL
MATERIAL WALL ANCHOR SCREWS PART OF THE
COMPONENT.
D
F. INSULATED REFRIGERANT PIPING
10
G. EXTERIOR WALL OR ROOF
3.01
H. WALL SURFACE GASKET SEAL
OUTDOOR HEAT PUMP UNIT DETAIL
ONLY A SINGLE HP IS INSTALLED AT
CATION SHOWN ON PLANS, INSTALL AT
;HER ELEVATION AS SHOWN
TDOOR HEAT PUMP
CONDENSATE DRAIN BY DIV. 22
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WALL /
MOUNT BRACKET - PROVIDE
CLEARANCES PER MANUFACTURER'S
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE FOR
LOCATIONS WERE EQUIPMENT <T AFF WALL CONDENSATE DRAIN
PAN BY DIV. 23
AND SUBJECT TO VEHICLE IMPACT.
PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS FOR NOTE:
LOCATIONS WERE BOTTOM OF UNIT <5' AFF. SEE OUTDOOR HEAT PUMPS CAN BE STACKED UP
ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR DETAILS TO TWO HIGH WHEN ALLOWED BY
MANUFACTURER.
FLOOR
SECTION VIEW ELEVATION VIEW
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE HP WALL MOUNT INSTALL DETAIL
T-0"
------------ --
CEILING
_WALL REFRIGERANT AND CONDENSATE PIPE
ROUTES UP INTO FLOOR -CEILING CAVITY
INDOOR HEAT PUMP WALL AT LOWER LEVEL
CASSETTE
AT LOCATIONS WHERE
GRAVITY CONDENSATE ROUTE
IS NOT POSSIBLE - PROVIDE
CONDENSATE PUMP W/
RESERVOIR AND SENSOR -
EXPOSED MOUNT BELOW HEAT
PUMP
REFRIGERANT AND
CONDENSATE PIPE DOWN
THROUGH WALL CAVITY TO
OUTDOOR HEAT PUMP
SECTION AT ALL LOCATIONS
WHERE STRUCTURAL
CONDITIONS ALLOW
FLOOR
--------------
CEILING
NOTE:
DRAIN LEVEL SENSOR CONTROL TO SHUT OFF FAN
COIL ON FAILURE PER IMC 307.2.3.4 (TYP)
FLOOR
2
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL - ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
DETAILS &
DIAGRAMS
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
1
HEAT PUMP PIPING & CONTROLS DIAGRAM
2 3 4 5 6 7
4 I SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
8
INDOOR WALL MOUNT CASSETTE DETAIL
9 10 11
SHEET NO
M3mO2
24-220
1 1 2 3
4 5 1 6
7
8
75
a
N
M
I-
v
CV
O
CV
I`
N
0)
SECTION 23 00 10
GENERAL HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A.
CONFORM TO GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01.
B.
THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATION APPLIES TO THE ENTIRE MECHANICAL WORK, BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN
AFTER AND SHOWN ON THE PLANS.
Y
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.
THE TERM "APPROVED EQUAL" MEANS FINAL APPROVAL BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF A MATERIAL OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT
SUBSTITUTED FOR THAT WHICH IS SHOWN IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR PLANS.
B.
THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS THE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING OF EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING CONNECTIONS AND APPURTENANCES)
COMPLETE AND READY FOR USE.
C.
THE TERM "MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR (MC)" AND "ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (EC)" AS USED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE
CONTRACT DRAWINGS, REFERS TO THOSE SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE "GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC)."
1.03 INTENT OF DRAWINGS
A.
THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW THE EXACT DETAILS AND LOCATIONS, NOR ALL OFFSETS IN DUCTWORK.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FITTINGS, OFFSETS AND EXTENSIONS IN DUCTWORK AND RELATED MECHANICAL INSULATION
AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID PROVISIONS TO RELOCATE OR SHIFT
PIPING AND DUCTWORK WHERE CONFLICTS EXIST WITH STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, OR ELECTRICAL.
B.
REFER TO THE COMPLETE SET OF ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
DETAILS OF THE WORK. REVIEW PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF OTHER TRADES TO IDENTIFY OTHER REQUIREMENTS. DISCREPANCIES
SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY BEFORE ORDERING MATERIAL OR BEGINNING WORK.
1.04 COORDINATION
A.
EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS BEFORE WORK IS STARTED. CONSULT WITH EACH OF THE
OTHER CONTRACTORS REGARDING LOCATIONS AND SPACES REQUIRED FOR WORK AND LAY OUT WORK TO AVOID INTERFERENCE.
MAXIMUM CLEARANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR SERVICE ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL EQUIPMENT. FAILURE TO COORDINATE
SHALL BE JUSTIFICATION TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, TO MOVE HIS WORK TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY SPACE
FOR THE OTHER CONTRACTORS.
B.
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS HAVE SPACE PRIORITY AS FOLLOWS, LISTED WITH HIGHEST PRIORITY FIRST: GRADED DRAINAGE PIPING, THEN
DUCTWORK, DRAINAGE VENTS, DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, AND NATURAL GAS PIPING. MC TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT PRIORITY ACCESS IS
MAINTAINED. THIS SHALL BE COORDINATED BY THE GC AND MC WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, ENGINEER, OR
ARCHITECT.
C.
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OWN COORDINATION BETWEEN ALL OTHER TRADES. DEVELOPMENT OF SHOP DRAWINGS
SHALL BE A COLLABORATIVE EFFORT BETWEEN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND
ALL OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS WORKING ON THE PROJECT. SHIFTING OF PIPING, DUCTWORK AND OTHER MECHANICAL ITEMS SHALL BE
THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TEAM TO MAINTAIN THE INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE.
D.
DETAIL DRAWINGS BY CONTRACTOR: WHENEVER THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK IS OF SUFFICIENT COMPLEXITY TO WARRANT ADDITIONAL
DETAILING, OR WHEN REQUESTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ADDITIONAL DETAIL
DRAWINGS TO SCALE 1/4" = VON PAPER SAME SIZE AS CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND WITH THESE LAYOUTS, COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH
THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. SUCH DETAIL WORK SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS AS TO THE AREA TO WHICH IT
=
APPLIES. DO NOT SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL. AT COMPLETION, INCLUDE A SET OF SUCH DRAWINGS WITH EACH SET OF AS -
BUILT DRAWINGS FOR OWNER'S RECORD PURPOSES.
1.05 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A.
DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01
SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION.
1.06 CODES AND REFERENCES
A.
CODES AND STANDARDS LISTED SHALL BE THE MOST CURRENT ISSUE AS ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. IN THE EVENT OF A
CONFLICT OF CODES, THE MOST STRINGENT CODE WILL APPLY:
1. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC)
2. INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC)
3. WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE (WSEC)
4. SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, METAL AND FLEXIBLE
1.07 PERMITS AND FEES
A.
OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES AND CONSTRUCTION OR UTILITY FEES. FURNISH FINAL CERTIFICATE TO OWNER SHOWING
COMPLIANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS.
0
1.08 SCHEDULING
A.
COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.
1.09 PRIOR APPROVALS
A.
SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN WRITTEN AROUND EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL SELECTED FOR THIS PROJECT BASED ON QUALITY, SIZE,
CAPACITY, AND PERFORMANCE REQUIRED TO MEET BUILDING DESIGN CRITERIA. ANY EQUIPMENT AND/OR MATERIAL USED IN THIS
PROJECT, THAT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED, MUST HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
B.
REQUEST FOR APPROVAL MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM INCLUDED IN DIVISION 0 TO OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE, A MINIMUM OF 10 CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO BID DATE. THIS LETTER SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH COMPLETE
INFORMATION REGARDING ITEMS TO BE SUBSTITUTED. IF SUPPLIER REQUIRES A REPLY TO THE REQUEST FOR APPROVAL, HE IS TO SEND
SELF-ADDRESSED, STAMPED ENVELOPE WITH REQUEST.
C.
THOSE ITEMS THAT RECEIVE PRIOR APPROVAL, WILL BE LISTED IN THE MECHANICAL ADDENDA.
D.
SUPPLIER, AND/OR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT SUBSTITUTED MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT IS
OF THE SAME SIZE, QUALITY, CAPACITY, WEIGHT, AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AS THAT SPECIFIED. ANY CHANGES AND COSTS
REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION, DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S/SUPPLIER'S NEGLECT TO PROPERLY SELECT SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT,
SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER.
E.
PRIOR APPROVAL TO BID DOES NOT MEAN AUTOMATIC FINAL APPROVAL OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
FINAL APPROVAL WILL BE GIVEN AFTER FINAL SUBMITTAL DATA HAS BEEN PRESENTED TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, WITH COMPLETE
,_
INFORMATION REGARDING WEIGHTS, CAPACITIES, SIZE, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND QUALITY.
1.10 MATERIAL AND
MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A.
ALL MATERIAL USED ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE NEW MATERIAL AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CATALOG
DATA AND ENGINEERING DATA ON ALL EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED OR HAVING RECEIVED PRIOR APPROVAL.
B.
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IS DESIGNATED BY VARIOUS MANUFACTURERS CATALOG NUMBERS. ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE
MANUFACTURERS ARE ALSO LISTED. SUCH MANUFACTURERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE 10-DAY PRIOR APPROVAL CLAUSE OF THESE
SPECIFICATIONS, BUT MUST SUBMIT STANDARD SUBMITTAL DATA FOR FINAL APPROVAL AS OTHERWISE NOTED.
C.
SUBMITTAL SHALL BE ARRANGED IN NUMERICAL ORDER, ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND ITEM NUMBER. SUBMITTAL
SHALL BE BOUND IN HARD COVER, LOOSE-LEAF BINDER(S).
D.
SUBMITTAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: BEFORE ORDERING OR INSTALLING ANY OF THE MATERIALS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT
COPIES OF COMPLETE INFORMATION ON THE MATERIALS TO BE USED ON THE PROJECT. SUBMITTAL MAY BE ELECTRONIC OR IN HARD
COPY. IF CONTRACTOR CHOOSES TO SUBMIT PRINTED COPIES, HE SHALL PROVIDE FIVE COPIES TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
1. CONTRACTOR'S COST BREAKDOWN
2. COMPLETE LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
3. HVAC INSULATION
4. ALL AIR -HANDLING EQUIPMENT
5. AIR FILTERS
"'
6. HVAC DUCTWORK
7. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS - AIR AND HYDRONIC BALANCING
E.
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS IS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT AND CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS. MARKING OR COMMENTS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS RELIEVING THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE
PROJECT PANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NOR DEPARTURES THEREFROM. THE CONTRACTOR REMAINS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETAILS AND
ACCURACY FOR CONFIRMING AND CORRELATING ALL QUANTITIES AND ASSEMBLY AND FOR SAFE PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK.
F.
THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WILL RETURN ONE SET, ELECTRONIC OR PRINTED COPY, OF THIS SUBMITTAL TO THE CONTRACTOR
SHOWING ANY CORRECTIONS, ADDITIONS, AND/OR DELETIONS. IF THE CONTRACTOR NEEDS ADDITIONAL PRINTED COPIES, HE SHALL
PHOTOCOPY HIS APPROVED COPY OF THE REQUIRED ITEMS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RESUBMIT THOSE ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE
CORRECTED OR ADDED.
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S COST BREAKDOWN
A.
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, WITH THE BOUND SUBMITTALS, A COST BREAKDOWN OF THE MAJOR PORTIONS OF HIS WORK,
PURSUANT TO THE FOLLOWING OUTLINE.
1. JOB ORGANIZATION AND SUBMITTALS.
2. HVAC EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING AIR HANDLING UNITS, AND FANS.
3. HVAC DUCTWORK AND AIR TERMINALS.
4. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS - AIR BALANCE.
0
1.12 RECORD (AS -BUILT)
DRAWINGS
A.
THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS AT THE SITE ON WHICH THE ACTUAL INSTALLED LOCATION OF PIPING,
EQUIPMENT, ETC., SHALL BE SHOWN IN A LEGIBLE, NEAT MANNER. THIS SET OF PLANS SHALL SHOW ACTUAL DIMENSIONS (INCLUDING
DEPTH OF BURY) OF UNDERGROUND PIPING FROM CONSTRUCTION LINES, SO THEY CAN BE READILY FOUND AFTER COVERING. UPON
COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE AS -BUILT INFORMATION SHALL BE TRANSFORMED INTO AUTOCAD VERSION 2007 OR GREATER.
RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS CONTRACT DRAWINGS. THIS SET OF PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR FINAL APPROVAL.
DRAWINGS SHALL BE ONE FULL SIZE SET, ONE HALF SIZE SET AND ON CD IN PDF AND .DWG FORMAT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE READY
FOR REVIEW OF THE ON -SITE AS-BUILTS MONTHLY PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BILLING. FAILURE TO HAVE DRAWINGS AVAILABLE FOR
REVIEW MAY DELAY MONTHLY BILLINGS.
1.13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A.
OPERATE ALL SYSTEMS THROUGH COMPLETE CYCLES IN THE PRESENCE OF DESIGNATED OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. GIVE
INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATION, CARE AND MAINTENANCE. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE OPERATED THROUGH COMPLETE OPERATING CYCLES
FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF 7 DAYS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE DESIGNATED OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE ACCEPTANCE.
1.14 TRAINING
A.
THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DIGITALLY RECORD ALL OWNER MECHANICAL TRAINING SESSIONS AND SHALL PROVIDE COPIES ON
DVDS. TRAINING SESSIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THREE COPIES OF THESE DVDS SHALL BE TURNED OVER
0
TO THE OWNER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS (0&MS)
A.
GENERAL: PROVIDE ONE PRELIMINARY BOUND SET OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS INCLUDING MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
AND PARTS LIST FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH THE EQUIPMENT, TOGETHER WITH SUPPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS WHERE
NECESSARY, TO ITEMIZE SERVING AND MAINTENANCE POINTS. INCLUDE THE VALVE TAG LIST AS POSTED IN THE MECHANICAL SPACES.
INCLUDE FILTER MAINTENANCE, METHODS OF OPERATION, SEASONAL REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURER'S DATA AND WARRANTY FORMS.
WARRANTY FORMS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN THE FRONT OF THE MANUALS AS WELL AS IN EACH APPLICABLE SPECIFIC SECTION. PROVIDE
ADDRESS AND 24-HOUR PHONE NUMBER OF THE FIRMS RESPONSIBLE UNDER WARRANTY. ITEMS REQUIRING SERVICE OR CORRECTION
DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL BE SERVICED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF NOTIFICATION BY OWNER. DATA IN MANUALS SHALL BE NEAT,
CLEAN COPIES, POSTED ON 8-1/2" X I V SHEETS, WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED. DRAWINGS SHALL BE ACCORDION FOLDED. AN INDEX SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL CONTENTS LISTED IN AN ORDERLY
PRESENTATION ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATION SECTION.
B.
NUMBER OF COPIES: A PRELIMINARY SET OF THE 0&M MANUALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. AFTER THIS SET HAS BEEN
APPROVED, TWO ADDITIONAL SETS SHALL BE PREPARED AND THE THREE SETS SHALL BE TRANSMITTED TO THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE.
C.
BINDING: ORGANIZE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA INTO SUITABLE SETS OF MANAGEABLE SIZE. COPIES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN 3-
RING BINDERS. COVERS SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE JOB, OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR, AND THE YEAR OF
COMPLETION. THE BACK EDGE OF THE BINDER SHALL INCLUDE A LABEL WITH THE NAME OF THE JOB, THE OWNER AND THE YEAR
In
COMPLETED. EACH COPY SHALL HAVE A TYPEWRITTEN INDEX AND TABBED DIVIDERS BETWEEN EQUIPMENT CATEGORIES. BINDERS TO BE
NO MORE THAN 80% FULL; BINDERS THAT ARE OVER 80% FULL WILL BE SENT BACK FOR DIVIDING INTO ADDITIONAL BINDERS.
1.16 CERTIFICATIONS
A.
PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT WORK HAS BEEN FULLY COMPLETED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
AND REQUEST FINAL INSPECTION.
B.
PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT CONTRACTOR WILL REPLACE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP THAT PROVE DEFECTIVE FOR ONE
(1) YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OR EXTENDED WARRANTY AS LISTED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS.
C.
PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTION FROM THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, STATING THAT ALL WORK HAS BEEN
INSPECTED, ACCEPTED, AND APPROVED AS COMPLYING WITH EXISTING GOVERNING ORDINANCES AND CODES.
D.
PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN FULLY INSTRUCTED IN THE OPERATION AND FUNCTION OF
ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.
E.
PROVIDE COPIES OF CERTIFICATION IN THE 0 & M MANUALS.
1.17 DOCUMENTS
A.
PRESENT THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF BUILDINGS. FINAL PAYMENT
OF THE CONTRACT WILL BE CONTINGENT UPON RECEIVING THESE DOCUMENTS:
1. RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS.
2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS (3 SETS).
3. FINAL MATERIAL SUBMITTAL.
4. WARRANTIES AND EXTENDED WARRANTIES.
5. APPROVED FINAL BALANCING LOGS. (AIR AND HYDRONIC SYSTEMS) (3 SETS).
6. FINAL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND CODE COMPLIANCE.
7. ALL APPLICABLE FORMS REQUIRED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
8. PROVIDE COPIES OF THE ABOVE DOCUMENTS IN 0 & M MANUALS.
1.18 WARRANTY
A. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INCLUDING HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING CONTROLS AND
ALL PARTS THEREOF, SHALL BE WARRANTED (PARTS AND LABOR), FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION AS DETERMINED BY THE DOCUMENTATION.
B. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVES ANY DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT,
OR POOR WORKMANSHIP WHICH MAY SHOW ITSELF DURING THIS WARRANTY PERIOD.
C. ALL COMPRESSORS USED IN HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE AN ADDITIONAL FOUR-YEAR PARTS WARRANTY.
D. CONTROLS SHALL BE WARRANTED FOR TWO (2) YEARS TOTAL PARTS AND LABOR, FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
E. TEST AND BALANCE SHALL BE WARRANTED FOR TWO (2) YEARS TOTAL, FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
1.19 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY - OFF -GASSING AND BAKE -OUT
A. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE IN HIS BID PROVISIONS FOR OFF -GASSING AND BAKE -OUT OF NEW MATERIALS INSTALLED IN THIS
CONTRACT. HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUSLY FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) WEEK PERIOD PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, AT THE
COMPLETION OF EACH AREA OF THE PROJECT. HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL MAINTAIN A CONSTANT TEMPERATURE OF 70 TO 78 DEGREES F, IN ALL
ZONES AT 60% MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR. COORDINATE THIS REQUIREMENT WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
1.20 MECHANICAL ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. THE NOISE CRITERIA (NC) END RESULTANT FOR EACH SPACE SHALL BE PER CODE AS ADOPTED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
SECTION 23 00 20
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDES
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE).
B. "SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL GUIDELINES FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS" BY SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, INC. (SMACNA).
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. SEE SPECIFIC SECTIONS FOR THIS REQUIREMENT.
2.02 PRODUCT TESTING
A. ANY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT USED IN THIS PROJECT AND HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED WHICH, BY ITS NATURE, REQUIRES ELECTRICAL CONNECTION,
SUCH AS FANS, PUMPS, AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT, ETC., MUST BE PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVAL LABEL FROM ONE OF THE AGENCIES
HEREINAFTER LISTED.
B. APPROVAL OF AGENCY MUST BE FOR THE TOTAL PACKAGE; APPROVAL OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL LABELS MUST BE
LOCATED OUTSIDE OF EQUIPMENT AND SHALL BE VISIBLE TO INSPECTOR. COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF RCW 19.28.010 AND NEC
SECTIONS 90-7 AND 110-3 (1993).
C. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OR THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS
SECTION. ANY AGENCY COSTS TO PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATE LABEL FOR A PIECE OF EQUIPMENT MUST BE INCLUDED IN THIS BID. FAILURE BY
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER TO OBTAIN APPROVAL LABELS PRIOR TO BID SHALL BE SUFFICIENT CAUSE FOR THE MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER TO OBTAIN ALL SUCH LABELS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. THE FOLLOWING IS A LIST OF APPROVAL TESTING
LABORATORIES:
1. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC., WWW.UL.COM
2.03 DAMAGED OR REJECTED MATERIALS
A. REMOVE FROM THE SITE IMMEDIATELY.
2.04 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. JAY R. SMITH
2. MILCOR
3. APPROVED EQUAL.
a. 16 GAUGE STEEL DOOR AND FRAME WITH CONCEALED HINGE AND CYLINDER LOCK. PROVIDE MATCHING LATCHES/LOCKS
KEYED THE SAME FOR MULTIPLE PANELS IN A PROJECT. WHEN "B" DIMENSION IS 24" OR MORE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LATCHES
AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF DOOR. PROVIDE FINISH AND MATERIAL AS NOTED IN PART 3 - EXECUTION.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 LAYING OUTWORK
A. LOCATE ALL GENERAL REFERENCE POINTS AS ESTABLISHED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND TAKE SUCH ACTION AS IS NECESSARY TO
PREVENT THEIR DESTRUCTION; LAY OUT WORK AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LINES, ELEVATIONS, GRADING FOR UTILITIES AND OTHER WORK
EXECUTED UNDER THE CONTRACT. EXERCISE PROPER PRECAUTIONS TO VERIFY FIGURES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, BEFORE LAYING OUT WORK
AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO EXERCISE SUCH PRECAUTION.
3.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT FOR A NEAT AND FINISHED APPEARANCE. IF, IN THE JUDGMENT OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, ANY
PORTION OF THE WORK HAS NOT BEEN INSTALLED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER, OR HAS BEEN LEFT IN A ROUGH, UNFINISHED MANNER,
CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE AND REINSTALL THE EQUIPMENT, AND PATCH AND PAINT SURROUNDING SURFACES IN A MANNER
SATISFACTORY TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, WITHOUT ANY INCREASE IN COST TO THE OWNER.
3.03 OPENINGS IN DUCTWORK
A. KEEP ALL OPENINGS COVERED TIGHTLY WITH PLASTIC DURING THE WORK.
3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING (NEW WORK)
A. FURNISH DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS TO OTHER CONTRACTORS DOING THE WORK. PROVIDE AMPLE TIME TO AVOID DELAYS AND
UNNECESSARY LABOR. CUTTING AND PATCHING MADE NECESSARY TO ADMIT WORK, REPAIR DEFECTIVE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP, OR BY
NEGLECT TO ANTICIPATE PROPER REQUIREMENTS, SHALL BE DONE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT THE EXPENSE OF THE MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR.
3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING (EXISTING STRUCTURE)
A. ALL NECESSARY CUTTING AND PATCHING OF EXISTING STRUCTURES NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE BY
THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
B. ALL SURFACES MUST BE PATCHED UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. FINAL FINISH OF
ALL PATCHED SURFACES SHALL BE DONE PER ARCHITECTURAL FINISH SCHEDULE, BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL EXCAVATION NECESSARY
FOR THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE MC. SURFACES SHALL BE PATCHED AS HEREINBEFORE SPECIFIED AND ALL
BACKFILLING SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND OTHER RELATED NOTES IN THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS. IF NONE SPECIFIED, RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION.
3.06 ACCESSIBILITY
A. LOCATE VALVES, DAMPER OPERATORS, ETC., SO AS TO BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE IN MECHANICAL SPACES OR THROUGH ACCESS PANELS,
SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER. OTHERWISE, OBTAIN OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S APPROVAL OF LOCATION.
B. ANY EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES FOR SERVICING OF FILTERS, MOTORS, COMPRESSORS, ETC., SHALL BE CAREFULLY
INSTALLED TO AVOID SERVICING PROBLEMS. FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL BE SUFFICIENT CAUSE FOR
CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL NECESSARY CHANGES AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. TO AVOID PROBLEMS WITH INTERPRETATION OF THE NEC,
ALLOW 42" FOR ALL ELECTRICAL CLEARANCES.
3.07 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
A. LOCATIONS OF PANELS SHALL BE CAREFULLY SELECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, SO AS NOT TO BE LOCATED BEHIND CABINETS, ETC.
COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS BEFORE INSTALLING PANELS.
B. IN AREAS SUCH AS JANITOR'S ROOM OR ON PAINTED WALLS, ETC., ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE PRIME -COATED AND PAINTED BY THE GENERAL
CONTRACTOR; INSTALL BEFORE SURROUNDING SURFACES HAVE BEEN PAINTED. IN AREAS SUCH AS TOILET ROOMS, THE ACCESS PANELS SHALL
BE STAINLESS STEEL OR CHROME -PLATED. IN OTHER FINISHED AREAS SUCH AS ON CEILINGS, ALL ACCESS PANELS SHALL HAVE THE SAME TYPE
OF FINISHED SURFACE AS THAT OF THE SURROUNDING AREA.
C. DOORS SHALL HAVE CYLINDER LOCK LATCHES, ALL KEYED ALIKE.
D. PROVIDE FIRE -RATED ACCESS DOORS FOR ONE -HOUR OR TWO-HOUR RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS; UNITS SHALL BE UL LABELED.
3.09 PAINTING, TAGS, ETC.
A. IDENTIFICATION TAGS: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION TAGS FOR EACH MAIN SHUTOFF AND CONTROL VALVE THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING INDICATING
THE SYSTEM SERVED. TAGS SHALL BE BLACK PHENOLIC PLASTIC WITH WHITE ENGRAVED INSCRIPTION ATTACHED WITH CHROME CHAIN.
B. EACH MAJOR ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE NAME OF THE ITEM, I.E., EXHAUST FAN NO. 2, ETC., IN LABELS OF
BLACK PHENOLIC PLASTIC WITH WHITE ENGRAVED INSCRIPTION. MINIMUM SIZE OF LETTERING IS 1" WITH A MAXIMUM OF 2". SELECT APPROPRIATE
SIZES FOR THE SIZE OF THE EQUIPMENT BEING LABELED. ALIGN LABELS WITH EDGES OF EQUIPMENT AND LOCATE LABELS SO AS TO BE VISIBLE.
FOR CEILING EXHAUST FANS, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TAG ON GRILLE.
1. CEILING TILE ACCESS LABELS: WHERE IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE CEILING TILE(S) TO ACCESS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, BACKDRAFT
DAMPERS, MOTORIZED DAMPERS, REMOTE CONTROL SENSORS, VALVES/CONTROLLERS, COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS, FILTERS,
VALVES, VOLUME DAMPERS, ETC., PROVIDE AND INSTALL ROUND 1/2" DIAMETER, YELLOW, SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS ON THE METAL
CEILING GRID, VISIBLE NEAR ALL FOUR CORNERS OF EACH TILE REQUIRING REMOVAL.
3.10 EQUIPMENT LUBRICATION
A. ALL EXHAUST FANS, AIR HANDLING UNITS, HEAT PUMPS, AND OTHER HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE ALL LUBRICATION FITTINGS EXTENDED TO
THE EQUIPMENT EXTERIOR. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GREASE ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO STARTUP.
B. INSTALLED DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT OPENINGS SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF CONSTRUCTION DUST, DEBRIS AND
MOISTURE. UNINSTALLED DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SECURELY COVERED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OR THE INSULATION
GETTING WET. UNINSTALLED DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE STORED ON PALLETS OR DUNNAGE THAT PREVENTS WATER REACHING THE
DUCTWORK. IF DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT IS FOUND TO BE DIRTY OR WET, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING SUCH
ITEMS. CONTAMINATED OR WET DUCT SHALL BE SPRAY PAINTED WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AND REMOVED FROM THE SITE IMMEDIATELY. AFTER
EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN USED FOR ANY PURPOSE, SUCH AS ADJUSTING, TESTING, OR TEMPORARY VENTILATION, FILTERS SHALL BE REPLACED
AND EXHAUST/RETURN DUCTS SHALL BE CLEANED. USE TEMPORARY FILTERS WITH 80% TO 85% FILTER EFFICIENCY DURING CONSTRUCTION.
COVER ALL OPENINGS WITH TEMPORARY FILTERS IF STARTUP, TEST AND BALANCE, OR COMMISSIONING STARTS PRIOR TO ALL WORK BEING
COMPLETED IN THE BUILDING.
C. REMOVE TAGS, SHIPPING LABELS, ETC., FROM ALL DUCTWORK IN EXPOSED AREAS, WHETHER DUCTWORK IS PAINTED OR NOT.
3.12 CAULKING
A. CAULK ALL OPENINGS AND FLASH AROUND ALL PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND DUCTWORK PASSING THROUGH ROOF, FLOOR, AND WALLS. ALL
CAULKING SHALL BE WATER RESISTANT. SEE ALSO PARAGRAPH "FIRE INTEGRITY" FOR RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, ROOFS, OR FLOOR
PENETRATIONS.
B. ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS SHALL BE CAULKED. A CHROME -PLATED ESCUTCHEON PLATE
SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH VISIBLE PIPING PENETRATION OF WALLS, CEILINGS, OR FLOORS. ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS OR
FLOORS SHALL BE FLASHED WITH 3" X 3" 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL ANGLE FOR CONCEALED DUCTS, AND STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE
FOR EXPOSED DUCTS.
3.13 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE DURING ALL PERIODS OF BALANCING AND TESTING. PROVIDE TEMPORARY UTILITIES AS REQUIRED.
3.14 TESTS, ADJUSTMENTS AND INSPECTION
A. TEST ALL WORK THOROUGHLY AND SYSTEMATICALLY, BOTH DURING CONSTRUCTION AND AFTER COMPLETION. NOTIFY OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ALL TESTS. TESTS SHALL BE MAINTAINED UNTIL APPROVED. TESTS SHALL BE AS HEREINAFTER
SPECIFIED.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION AS IN REGULAR SERVICE. ANY DEFECTS OR IMPERFECTIONS THAT MAY SHOW UP
ARE TO BE PROMPTLY CORRECTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AND ALL PARTS THEREOF FOR A PERIOD OF ONE
YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY PART WHICH MAY SHOW SIGNS OF FAILURE
DURING THAT TIME, IF SUCH FAILURE, IN THE OPINION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, IS DUE TO IMPERFECTIONS IN MATERIAL OR TO
IMPROPER WORKMANSHIP.
C. NO SYSTEM, WHETHER PRESCRIBED FOR TESTING OR NOT, SHALL BE COVERED OR CONCEALED BELOW GROUND, IN WALLS, IN CEILING SPACES,
OR GENERALLY FROM EASE OF VIEWING, WITHOUT FIRST NOTIFYING THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE FOR INSPECTION OF CONCEALED SYSTEMS SHALL BE CAUSE TO REQUIRE THIS CONTRACTOR TO UNCOVER AND RECOVER
SUCH SYSTEMS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.
D. A LOG OF ALL TESTS SHALL BE KEPT. THE LOG SHALL NOTE, DATES, TIME OF DAY TEST STARTED, SYSTEM OR PORTION OF SYSTEM TESTED,
LENGTH OF TEST, TEST RESULTS, AND WHO WITNESSED THE TEST (AHJ, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, OR GC). CONTRACTOR SHALL INSERT
LEGIBLE NAME OF WITNESSES. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A COPY OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEST LOG MONTHLY TO THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE.
E. REVIEW THE PROJECT TO DETERMINE WHEN FINAL INSPECTION IS APPROPRIATE AND ADVISE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE HIS WORK BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL INSPECTION.
3.15 FINAL INSPECTION
A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW AND INSPECT THE PROJECT TO DETERMINE WHEN FINAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED, AND SHALL
SO ADVISE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. IT SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD THAT THE WORK IS TO BE ESSENTIALLY COMPLETE. IF SUCH IS NOT THE
CASE AND MORE THAN ONE FINAL INSPECTION AND ONE BACKCHECK ARE NECESSARY, THIS CONTRACTOR MAY BE BILLED FOR THE ADDITIONAL
BACKCHECKS AT THE THEN GOVERNING RATE FOR THE PERSONNEL INVOLVED. THE FINAL INSPECTION PUNCHLIST SHALL BE LEGIBLY SIGNED ON
A COPY OF THE PUNCH LIST BY A PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TRADE INVOLVED, AND TRANSMITTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE,
BEFORE A BACKCHECK WILL BE SCHEDULED.
3.16 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PROPERLY PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE DURING THE COURSE OF
CONSTRUCTION.
3.17 SPECIAL PROTECTION
A. EXERCISE MAXIMUM PRECAUTION TO PROTECT THE BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE OF ANY KIND, AND IN PARTICULAR, PREVENT
WATER AND DUST SEEPAGE INTO NEW EQUIPMENT.
3.18 BALANCING WORK
A. PROVIDE TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AS REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATION.
3.19 INSTRUCTION PERIODS FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. SCOPE: FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL WORK, HAVE REPRESENTATIVES OF INSTALLATION TRADESMEN CONDUCT DEMONSTRATIONS
AND INSTRUCTION PERIODS TO POINT OUT LOCATIONS OF SERVICING POINTS AND REQUIRED POINTS OF MAINTENANCE TO OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVES.
B. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF INSTRUCTION PERIODS: EACH PERIOD SHALL INCLUDE PRELIMINARY DISCUSSION AND PRESENTATION OF
INFORMATION FROM MAINTENANCE MANUALS WITH APPROPRIATE REFERENCES TO DRAWINGS, FOLLOWED BY TOURS OF BUILDING AREAS
EXPLAINING MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS, ACCESS METHODS, SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, EQUIPMENT CLEANING
PROCEDURES, TEMPERATURE CONTROL SETTINGS, AND AVAILABLE ADJUSTMENTS.
C. SCHEDULING OF INSTRUCTION PERIODS: NOTICE OF CONTRACTOR'S READINESS TO CONDUCT SUCH INSTRUCTION AND DEMONSTRATION SHALL
BE GIVEN TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT LEAST TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO THE INSTRUCTION PERIODS, AND AGREEMENT REACHED AS TO
THE DATE AT WHICH THE INSTRUCTION PERIODS ARE TO BE PERFORMED. ADVISE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO DATE WHEN
READY TO CONDUCT INSTRUCTION AND DEMONSTRATIONS; RECEIVE APPROVALS OF PROPOSED DATE PRIOR TO MAKING FINAL ARRANGEMENTS.
3.20 ON -SITE OBSERVATIONS AND SAFETY MEASURES
A. DURING ITS PROGRESS, ALL WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO OBSERVATION BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, AND OF THE NATIONAL BOARD OF
FIRE UNDERWRITERS, STATE AND LOCAL INSPECTORS. THE ENGINEER HAS NOT BEEN RETAINED OR COMPENSATED TO PROVIDE DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION REVIEW SERVICES RELATING TO THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OR TO MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES,
SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM HIS WORK. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE
FOR CONDITIONS OF THE JOBSITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THIS
REQUIREMENT WILL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS. THE DUTY OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO
CONDUCT CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE IS NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE REVIEW OF THE ADEQUACY OF
THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES IN, ON, OR NEAR THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO
COMPLY WITH "SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION" IN THE FEDERAL REGISTER BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL SUCH SAFETY MEASURES AND SHALL CONSULT WITH THE STATE AND/OR FEDERAL
SAFETY INSPECTOR FOR INTERPRETATION WHENEVER IN DOUBT AS TO WHETHER HE IS OR IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH STATE AND/OR FEDERAL
REGULATIONS. FURTHERMORE, THE CONTRACTOR DISTINCTLY ASSUMES ALL RISK OR DAMAGE OR INJURY TO ANY PERSONS OR PROPERTY
WHEREVER LOCATED RESULTING FROM ANY ACTION OR OPERATION UNDER THIS CONTRACT OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK.
3.21 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR STARTING AND TESTING EQUIPMENT.
B. PREPARE A MANUFACTURER'S STARTUP REPORT, AND TURN OVER TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND COMMISSIONING AGENT.
SECTION 23 31 00
HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. DUCT MATERIALS.
B. DUCTWORK FABRICATION.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 23 37 00 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A 36 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON STRUCTURAL STEEL.
B. ASTM A 653 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL SHEET, ZINC -COATED (GALVANIZED) OR ZINC -IRON ALLOY -COATED (GALVANNEALED) BY THE
HOT -DIP PROCESS.
C. NFPA 90A - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION.
D. NFPA 90B - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION.
E. SMACNA (LEAK) - HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
F. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS'
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
G. UL 181 - STANDARD FOR FACTORY -MADE AIR DUCTS AND AIR CONNECTORS; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION.
H. ALL CODES AND REFERENCE STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST REVISION AS ACCEPTED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. NO VARIATION OF DUCT CONFIGURATION OR SIZES PERMITTED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. SIZE
ROUND DUCTS INSTALLED IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE TABLE OF EQUIVALENT RECTANGULAR AND ROUND
DUCTS. MEET OR EXCEED SMACNA REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SHEET METAL SYSTEMS.
B. LEAKAGE TESTING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LEAKAGE SHALL BE AS NOTED IN THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE,
OR AS NOTED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA FOR ALL MATERIALS.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE DUCTS, FITTINGS, AND PARTICULARS SUCH AS GAGE, SIZES, WELDS, AND CONFIGURATION PRIOR TO STARTING
WORK ON SYSTEMS. DUCT DESIGN PRESSURE RATING IS POSTED ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS; SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL REFLECT PRESSURE CLASS
AS SHOWN. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO CLARIFY DUCT ROUTING TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,
AND OTHER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW.
C. TEST REPORTS: INDICATE PRESSURE TESTS PERFORMED. INCLUDE DATE, SECTION TESTED, TEST PRESSURE, AND LEAKAGE RATE, FOLLOWING
SMACNA (LEAK) - HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL.
D. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
E. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF DUCTS AND DUCT FITTINGS. RECORD CHANGES IN FITTING LOCATION AND
TYPE. SHOW ADDITIONAL FITTINGS USED.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. CONSTRUCT DUCTWORK TO NFPA 90A, 90B, 96 AND SMACNA STANDARDS.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. DO NOT INSTALL LINED DUCT IN WET LOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO KEEP ENDS OF LINED DUCT COVERED AT ALL TIMES. IF LINED DUCT BECOMES
WET OR DIRTY, REMOVE FROM JOBSITE AND REPLACE WITH NEW DUCT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WEATHER PROTECTION IF HIS
SCHEDULE REQUIRES THE SHEET METAL SUBCONTRACTOR TO WORKING AHEAD OF THE BUILDING BEING DRIED IN.
1. DO NOT INSTALL DUCT SEALANTS WHEN TEMPERATURES ARE LESS THAN THOSE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURERS.
2. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES WITHIN ACCEPTABLE RANGE DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF DUCT SEALANTS.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCT ASSEMBLIES
A. PROVIDE DUCT ASSEMBLIES AS SHOWN ON PLANS.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS: HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653 FS TYPE B, WITH G602180 COATING.
B. NON -GALVANIZED STEEL FOR DUCTS: ASTM A 1008, DESIGNATION CS, COLD -ROLLED COMMERCIAL STEEL.
C. JOINT SEALERS AND SEALANTS: NON -HARDENING, WATER RESISTANT, MILDEW AND MOLD RESISTANT.
1. TYPE: HEAVY MASTIC OR LIQUID USED ALONE OR WITH TAPE, SUITABLE FOR JOINT CONFIGURATION AND COMPATIBLE WITH
SUBSTRATES, AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PRESSURE CLASS OF DUCTS.
2. VOC CONTENT: NOT MORE THAN 250 G/L, EXCLUDING WATER.
3. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD OF ZERO, SMOKE DEVELOPED OF ZERO, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ASTM E84.
D. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS:
1. MANUFACTURERS:
a. THERMAFLEX MODEL G-KM
b. APPROVED EQUAL
E. CHLORINATED POLYETHYLENE CORE SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND COATED SPRING STEEL WIRE; FIBERGLASS INSULATION; BLACK
POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER FILM.
1. PRESSURE RATING: 6" WG POSITIVE AND 1" WG NEGATIVE.
2. MAXIMUM VELOCITY: 5000 FPM
3. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20 DEGREES F TO 200 DEGREES F CONTINUOUS.
4. R-4.2, MEETING UL 181, & NFPA 90A - 90B FIRE CODES, SELF -EXTINGUISHING.
5. GREENGUARD CERTIFIED FOR CHILDREN AND SCHOOLS.
6. ACOUSTICALLY RATED.
7. WARRANTED FOR 10 YEARS
8. MAXIMUM LENGTH 6'.
9. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
10. RUN INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE.
11. JOINT SEALERS AND SEALANTS: NON -HARDENING, WATER RESISTANT, MILDEW AND MOLD RESISTANT.
12. HANGER ROD: ASTM A 36; STEEL, GALVANIZED; THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUSLY THREADED.
2.03 DUCTWORK FABRICATION
A. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND SMACNA HIGH VELOCITY DUCT
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES, REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR
OPERATING PRESSURES INDICATED.
B. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES, REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR OPERATING PRESSURES INDICATED.
C. CONSTRUCT T'S, BENDS, AND ELBOWS WITH RADIUS OF NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 TIMES WIDTH OF DUCT ON CENTERLINE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE AND
WHERE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS MUST BE USED, PROVIDE AIR FOIL TURNING VANES OF PERFORATED METAL WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION.
D. PROVIDE TURNING VANES OF PERFORATED METAL WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION WHEN ACOUSTICAL LINING IS INDICATED.
E. T'S, BENDS, AND ELBOWS: CONSTRUCT ACCORDING TO SMACNA (DCS).
F. INCREASE DUCT SIZES GRADUALLY, NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES DIVERGENCE WHEREVER POSSIBLE; MAXIMUM 30 DEGREES DIVERGENCE
UPSTREAM OF EQUIPMENT AND 45 DEGREES CONVERGENCE DOWNSTREAM.
G. FABRICATE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED ROUND AND OVAL DUCT FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -
METAL AND FLEXIBLE.
H. PROVIDE STANDARD 45 DEGREE LATERAL WYE TAKEOFFS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED WHERE 90 DEGREE CONICAL TEE CONNECTIONS MAY
BE USED.
I. CONTRACTOR MAY USE THE DUCTMATE CONNECTION SYSTEM AT HIS OPTION. SYSTEM CONSISTS OF FLANGES WITH INTEGRAL SEALANTS,
CORNER PIECES, CLIPS, BOLTS, CLEATS AND GASKETS.
2.04 DUCT MANUFACTURERS
A. METAL-FAB, INC.
B. UNITED MCGILL CORPORATION
C. SPUNSTRAND, INC.
D. LOCAL SHOP FABRICATION BY INSTALLING CONTRACTOR.
2.05 MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS
A. MANUFACTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AS INDICATED. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES,
REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR OPERATING PRESSURES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
B. SINGLE WALL ROUND DUCT AND FITTINGS: MATERIALS SHALL BE PER SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, METAL AND FLEXIBLE,
GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. PROVIDE SPIRAL DUCT.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL, SUPPORT, AND SEAL DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE.
B. GENERAL:
1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
2. DURING CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE TEMPORARY CLOSURES OF METAL OR TAPED POLYETHYLENE ON OPEN DUCTWORK TO PREVENT
CONSTRUCTION DUST FROM ENTERING DUCTWORK SYSTEM.
3. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. FOR LINED DUCTS, MAINTAIN SIZES INSIDE LINING.
4. INSTALL AND SEAL METAL AND FLEXIBLE DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND
FLEXIBLE.
5. LOCATE DUCTS WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW NORMAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES.
6. USE CRIMP JOINTS WITH OR WITHOUT BEAD FOR JOINING ROUND DUCT SIZES 8" AND SMALLER WITH CRIMP IN DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW.
7. USE DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS ON THREADED ROD SUPPORTS. CUT RODS FLUSH WITH SECOND NUT.
8. CONNECT DIFFUSERS TO LOW PRESSURE DUCTS DIRECTLY OR WITH 6' MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT HELD IN PLACE WITH
STRAP OR CLAMP.
SECTION 23 37 00
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS.
B.
CEILING EGG CRATE EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES.
C.
DRUM DIFFUSERS - SIDEWALL.
1.02
REFERENCE
STANDARDS
A.
AMCA 500-L - LABORATORY METHODS OF TESTING LOUVERS FOR RATING; AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL,
INC.
B.
ARI 890 - STANDARD FOR AIR DIFFUSERS AND AIR DIFFUSER ASSEMBLIES; AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
C.
ASHRAE STANDARD 70 - METHOD OF TESTING FOR RATING THE PERFORMANCE OF AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF
HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.
D.
SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE; SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS'
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
E.
REFERENCE STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST REVISION AS ACCEPTED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A.
PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. REVIEW OUTLETS AND INLETS AS TO SIZE, FINISH, AND
TYPE OF MOUNTING PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. SUBMIT SCHEDULE OF OUTLETS AND INLETS SHOWING TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, APPLICATION,
THROW, DROP, TERMINAL VELOCITY AND NOISE LEVEL.
1.04
QUALITY
ASSURANCE
A.
PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES.
B.
TEST AND RATE AIR OUTLET AND INLET PERFORMANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 70.
C.
TEST AND RATE LOUVER PERFORMANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA 500-L.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
GRILLES/REGISTERS/DIFFUSERS
1. TITUS
2. PRICE INDUSTRIES
3. KRUEGER
2.02
RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS
A.
TYPE: SQUARE, STAMPED, MULTI -CORE DIFFUSER TO DISCHARGE AIR IN 360 DEGREE PATTERN WITH SECTORIZING BAFFLES WHERE
INDICATED.
B.
FRAME: SURFACE MOUNT TYPE.
C.
ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE RADIAL OPPOSED -BLADE, BUTTERFLY, AND COMBINATION SPUTTER VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER; REMOVABLE
CORE, SECTORIZING BAFFLE, EQUALIZING GRID, OPERATING ROD EXTENSION, ANTI -SMUDGING DEVICE, AND GASKETS FOR SURFACE
MOUNTED DIFFUSERS WITH DAMPER ADJUSTABLE FROM DIFFUSER FACE.
D.
FABRICATION: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL OFF-WHITE FINISH.
2.03
CEILING EGG CRATE EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES
A.
TYPE: EGG CRATE STYLE FACE CONSISTING OF 1/2" X 1/2" X 1/2" GRID CORE.
B.
FABRICATION: GRID CORE CONSISTS OF ALUMINUM WITH MILL ALUMINUM FINISH.
C.
FRAME: 1-1/4" MARGIN WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW MOUNTING.
D.
FRAME: CHANNEL LAY -IN FRAME FOR SUSPENDED GRID CEILINGS.
E.
ACCESSORIES:
1. PROVIDE INTEGRAL GANG AND FACE OPERATED OPPOSED -BLADE DAMPER.
2. PROVIDE WITH FILTER FRAME.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B.
AIR TERMINALS
C.
CHECK LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS AND MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS IN POSITION TO CONFORM WITH ARCHITECTURAL
FEATURES, SYMMETRY, AND LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT.
D.
TERMINALS INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL BE ATTACHED OR SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED BY THE LATEST
APPROPRIATE BUILDING CODE FOR "SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS."
E.
INSTALL DIFFUSERS TO DUCTWORK WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTIONS.
F.
INSTALL GRILLES AND REGISTERS TO DUCTWORK WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTIONS.
G.
USE SCREWS AND FOIL TAPE ONLY; DO NOT USE DUCT TAPE.
H.
PROVIDE BALANCING/VOLUME DAMPERS ON ALL BRANCH DUCT TAKE -OFFS TO DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS.
I.
PAINT DUCTWORK VISIBLE BEHIND AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS MATTE BLACK.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
ieiN w
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
SHEET NO
M4mOl
1 1 2 I 3
4 I 5 1 6
7
8
9 10 I 11
24-220
1 1 2 3
4 5
2.04 VALVES
6 7 1 8
3.02 INSTALLATION
9
10
11
Y
x
0
J
U
In
a
SECTION 23 23 00
REFRIGERANT PIPING & SPECIALTIES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. PIPING
B. REFRIGERANT
C. MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS
D. VALVES
E. STRAINERS
F. CHECK VALVES
G. PRESSURE REGULATORS
H. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
I. FILTER -DRIERS
J. SOLENOID VALVES
K. EXPANSION VALVES
L. ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVES
M. RECEIVERS
N. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
0. INSULATION
P. JACKETS
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 01 91 00 - COMMISSIONING.
B. SECTION 23 08 00 - MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING
C. DIVISION 31 - EXCAVATION, FILL, TRENCHING
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AHRI 495 - PERFORMANCE RATING OF REFRIGERANT LIQUID RECEIVERS; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
B. AHRI 710 _ PERFORMANCE RATING OF LIQUID -LINE DRIERS; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
C. AHRI 730 FLOW CAPACITY RATING AND APPLICATION OF SUCTION LINE FILTERS AND FILTER DRIERS; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND
REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
D. AHRI 750 - STANDARD FOR THERMOSTATIC REFRIGERANT EXPANSION VALVES; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION
INSTITUTE.
E. AHRI 760 - STANDARD FOR PERFORMANCE RATING OF SOLENOID VALVES FOR USE WITH VOLATILE REFRIGERANTS; AIR-CONDITIONING,
HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
F. ASHRAE STANDARD 15 - SAFETY STANDARD FOR REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-
CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.; (ANSI/ASHRAE STANDARD 15).
G. ASHRAE STANDARD 34 - DESIGNATION AND SAFETY CLASSIFICATION OF REFRIGERANTS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,
REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.
H. ASME B16.22 - WROUGHT COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY SOLDER JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS; THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERS.
I. ASME B16.26 - CAST COPPER ALLOY FITTINGS FOR FLARED COPPER TUBES; THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
J. ASME B31.5 - REFRIGERATION PIPING AND HEAT TRANSFER COMPONENTS; THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS.
K. ASTM B88 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS COPPER WATER TUBE.
L. ASTM B280 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR SEAMLESS COPPER TUBE FOR AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION FIELD SERVICE.
M. ASTM F708 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF RIGID PIPE HANGERS.
N. AWS A5.8 - SPECIFICATION FOR FILLER METALS FOR BRAZING AND BRAZE WELDING; AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY; AND ERRATA.
0. MSS SP-58 - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - MATERIALS, DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE, SELECTION, APPLICATION, AND INSTALLATION;
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY, INC.
P. MSS SP-69 - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - SELECTION AND APPLICATION; MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE
AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY, INC.
Q. MSS SP-89 - PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS - FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION PRACTICES; MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY
OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY, INC.
R. ASTM B210 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM -ALLOY DRAWN SEAMLESS TUBES
S. UL 207 - REFRIGERANT -CONTAINING COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES, NONELECTRICAL
T. REFERENCE STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST REVISION AS ACCEPTED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. LIQUID INDICATORS:
1. USE LINE SIZE LIQUID INDICATORS IN MAIN LIQUID LINE LEAVING CONDENSER.
2. IF RECEIVER IS PROVIDED, INSTALL IN LIQUID LINE LEAVING RECEIVER.
3. USE LINE SIZE ON LEAVING SIDE OF LIQUID SOLENOID VALVES.
B. VALVES:
1. USE SERVICE VALVES ON SUCTION AND DISCHARGE OF COMPRESSORS.
2. USE GAUGE TAPS AT COMPRESSOR INLET AND OUTLET.
3. USE GAUGE TAPS AT HOT GAS BYPASS REGULATORS, INLET AND OUTLET.
4. USE CHECK VALVES ON COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE.
5. USE CHECK VALVES ON CONDENSER LIQUID LINES ON MULTIPLE CONDENSER SYSTEMS.
C. REFRIGERANT CHARGING (PACKED ANGLE) VALVE: USE IN LIQUID LINE BETWEEN RECEIVER SHUT-OFF VALVE AND EXPANSION VALVE.
D. STRAINERS:
1. USE LINE SIZE STRAINER UPSTREAM OF EACH AUTOMATIC VALVE.
2. WHERE MULTIPLE EXPANSION VALVES WITH INTEGRAL STRAINERS ARE USED, USE SINGLE MAIN LIQUID LINE STRAINER.
3. ON STEEL PIPING SYSTEMS, USE STRAINER IN SUCTION LINE.
4. USE SHUT-OFF VALVE ON EACH SIDE OF STRAINER.
E. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: USE ON ASME RECEIVERS AND PIPE TO OUTDOORS.
F. FILTER -DRIERS:
1. USE A FILTER -DRIER IMMEDIATELY AHEAD OF LIQUID -LINE CONTROLS, SUCH AS THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES, SOLENOID
VALVES, AND MOISTURE INDICATORS.
2. USE A FILTER -DRIER ON SUCTION LINE JUST AHEAD OF COMPRESSOR.
3. USE SEALED FILTER -DRIERS IN LINES SMALLER THAN 1/2" OUTSIDE DIAMETERS.
4. USE SEALED FILTER -DRIERS IN LOW TEMPERATURE SYSTEMS.
5. USE SEALED FILTER -DRIERS IN SYSTEMS UTILIZING HERMETIC COMPRESSORS.
6. USE REPLACEABLE CORE FILTER -DRIERS IN LINES OF 1/2" OUTSIDE DIAMETER OR GREATER.
7. USE REPLACEABLE CORE LIQUID -LINE FILTER -DRIERS IN SYSTEMS UTILIZING RECEIVERS.
G. SOLENOID VALVES:
1. USE IN LIQUID LINE OF SYSTEMS OPERATING WITH SINGLE PUMP -OUT OR PUMP -DOWN COMPRESSOR CONTROL.
2. USE IN LIQUID LINE OF SINGLE OR MULTIPLE EVAPORATOR SYSTEMS.
3. USE IN OIL BLEEDER LINES FROM FLOODED EVAPORATORS TO STOP FLOW OF OIL AND REFRIGERANT INTO THE SUCTION LINE
WHEN SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN.
H. RECEIVERS:
1. USE ON LARGE SYSTEMS, SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE PUMP DOWN CHARGE. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE.
2. USE ON SYSTEMS WITH LONG PIPING RUNS.
I. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS: UTILIZE AT OR NEAR COMPRESSORS WHERE PIPING CONFIGURATION DOES NOT ABSORB VIBRATION.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF SPECIALTIES, INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS CATALOGUE INFORMATION. PROVIDE
MANUFACTURERS CATALOG DATA INCLUDING LOAD CAPACITY.
B. DESIGN DATA: SUBMIT DESIGN DATA INDICATING PIPE SIZING. INDICATE LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OF TRAPEZE, MULTIPLE PIPE, AND
RISER SUPPORT HANGERS.
C. TEST REPORTS: INDICATE RESULTS OF LEAK TEST, ACID TEST.
D. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE SUPPORT, CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND ISOLATION FOR SERVICING.
E. SUBMIT CERTIFICATIONS OF COMPLIANCE WITH ASME (BPV IX) FOR EACH WELDER.
F. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD EXACT LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND REFRIGERATION ACCESSORIES ON RECORD DRAWINGS.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES.
B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE TYPE OF WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH MINIMUM 5
YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
C. EACH SHIPPING UNIT OF ALUMINUM REFRIGERATION TUBE SHALL BE MARKED WITH METAL OR ALLOY DESIGNATION, TEMPER, SIZE, AND
NAME OF SUPPLIER; WITH SOFT STRAIGHT LENGTHS IDENTIFIED WITH A TAG INDICATING THAT THE PRODUCT WAS MANUFACTURED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM B210 AND COMPLIES WITH ASME B31.5; AND EACH HARD TEMPER STRAIGHT LENGTH IDENTIFIED THROUGHOUT
ITS LENGTH BY A MARKING NOT LESS THAN 3/16" IN HEIGHT AND A LEGEND SPACED NOT GREATER THAN TON CENTER THAT INCLUDES
THE DESIGNATION "ACR" AND PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. EACH HARD TEMPER STRAIGHT LENGTH SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM B210 AND COMPLY WITH ASME B31.5.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. CONFORM TO ASME B31.9 FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPING SYSTEM.
B. WELDING MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES SHALL CONFORM TO ASME (BPV IX) AND APPLICABLE STATE LABOR REGULATIONS.
C. PROVIDE WELDER CERTIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME (BPV IX).
D. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHALL BE LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE INDICATED.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. DELIVER AND STORE PIPING AND SPECIALTIES IN SHIPPING CONTAINERS WITH LABELING IN PLACE.
B. PROTECT PIPING AND SPECIALTIES FROM ENTRY OF CONTAMINATING MATERIAL BY LEAVING END CAPS AND PLUGS IN PLACE UNTIL
INSTALLATION.
C. DEHYDRATE AND CHARGE COMPONENTS SUCH AS PIPING AND RECEIVERS; SEAL PRIOR TO SHIPMENT AND KEEP SEALED UNTIL
CONNECTED INTO SYSTEM.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPING
A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 280, H58 HARD DRAWN CLEANED, DEHYDRATED AND SEALED MARKED ACR ON HARD TEMPERED STRAIGHT TUBING.
1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.22 WROUGHT COPPER.
2. JOINTS: BRAZE, AWS A5.8 BCUP SILVER/PHOSPHORUS/COPPER ALLOY, WITH BETWEEN 5% & 15% SILVER.
B. SEAMLESS ALUMINUM TUBE AND FITTINGS:
1. MANUFACTURERS:
a. TUBING:
• REFLOCK
• APPROVED EQUAL.
b. FITTINGS:
• REFLOCK
• LOKRING
• APPROVED EQUAL.
2. ASTM B210 COMPLYING TO ASME B31.5 SEAMLESS ALUMINUM TUBING AND FITTINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED. IF ALUMINUM TUBING
IS SUBSTITUTED FOR COPPER, THE JOINTS MUST BE MADE WITHOUT THE USE OF HEAT. ANY JOINT FITTING MUST BE UL OR ETL
TESTED TO UL 207 AND LISTED FOR JOINING REFRIGERATION TUBING USING EITHER ALUMINUM OR COPPER TUBING.
3. ETL TESTED TO UL 207 AND ETL LISTED COPPER TO COPPER FITTINGS FOR CONNECTING COPPER -TO -COPPER REFRIGERANT
PIPING.
4. ASTM B210 SEAMLESS DRAWN ALUMINUM TUBING, CLEANED AND CAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM B280, AND COMPLYING
WITH ASME B31.5 FOR ALLOWABLE STRENGTH, AND WALL THICKNESS, WITH FITTINGS TESTED TO UL 207 AND CERTIFIED BY ETL.
5. ETL TESTED TO UL 207 AND LETL LISTED ALUMINUM -TO -ALUMINUM OR COPPER -TO -ALUMINUM FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION OF
REFRIGERANT PIPING. FITTINGS SHALL HAVE DIELECTRIC COATING TO ALLOW CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS. FITTINGS
SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO A WORKING PRESSURE OF 600 PSI.
C. PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS:
1. CONFORM TO ASME B31.5.
2. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2" TO 1-1/2": MALLEABLE IRON ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING.
3. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2" AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS.
4. MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS: STEEL CHANNELS WITH WELDED SPACERS AND HANGER RODS.
5. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3": CAST IRON HOOK.
6. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES 4" AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CLAMP.
7. VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP.
8. FLOOR SUPPORT: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCK NUT, NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL
SUPPORT.
9. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED.
10. HANGER RODS: MILD STEEL THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. ZINC PLATED.
2.02 REFRIGERANT
A. REFRIGERANT: 410A, COMBINATION OF DIFLUOROMETHANE (HFC-32) AND PENTAFLUOROETHANE (HFC-125) AS DEFINED IN ASHRAE
STANDARD 34. VERIFY WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO CHARGING.
B. OTHER REFRIGERANTS ARE NOT TO BE USED UNLESS PRIOR APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
2.03 MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
2. APPROVED EQUAL
B. INDICATORS: SINGLE PORT TYPE, UL LISTED, WITH COPPER OR BRASS BODY, FLARED OR SOLDER ENDS, SIGHT GLASS, COLOR CODED
PAPER MOISTURE INDICATOR WITH REMOVABLE ELEMENT CARTRIDGE AND PLASTIC CAP; FOR MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 200 DEGREES
F AND MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI.
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
2. APPROVED EQUAL
B. DIAPHRAGM PACKLESS VALVES:
1. UL LISTED, GLOBE OR ANGLE PATTERN, FORGED BRASS BODY AND BONNET, PHOSPHOR BRONZE AND STAINLESS STEEL DIAPHRAGMS,
RISING STEM AND HANDWHEEL, STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, NYLON SEAT DISC, SOLDER OR FLARED ENDS, WITH POSITIVE BACKSEATING.
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI AND MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 275 DEGREES F.
C. PACKED ANGLE VALVES:
1. FORGED BRASS OR NICKEL PLATED FORGED STEEL, FORGED BRASS SEAL CAPS WITH COPPER GASKET, RISING STEM AND SEAT WITH
BACKSEATING, MOLDED STEM PACKING, SOLDER OR FLARED ENDS. MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI AND MAXIMUM
TEMPERATURE OF 275 DEGREES F.
D. BALL VALVES:
1. TWO PIECE BOLTED FORGED BRASS BODY WITH TEFLON BALL SEALS AND COPPER TUBE EXTENSIONS, BRASS BONNET AND SEAL CAP,
CHROME PLATED BALL, STEM WITH NEOPRENE RING STEM SEALS. MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI AND MAXIMUM
TEMPERATURE OF 300 DEGREES F.
2.05 STRAINERS
A. STRAIGHT LINE OR ANGLE LINE TYPE:
1. BRASS OR STEEL SHELL, STEEL CAP AND FLANGE, AND REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE, WITH SCREEN OF STAINLESS STEEL WIRE OR MONEL
REINFORCED WITH BRASS. MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 430 PSI.
2.06 CHECK VALVES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. PARKER HANNIFIN / REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
2. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
3. APPROVED EQUAL
B. GLOBE TYPE:
1. CAST BRONZE OR FORGED BRASS BODY, FORGED BRASS CAP WITH NEOPRENE SEAL, BRASS GUIDE AND DISC HOLDER, PHOSPHOR -
BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, TEFLON SEAT DISC; FOR MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 300 DEGREES F AND MAXIMUM WORKING
PRESSURE OF 425 PSI.
C. STRAIGHT THROUGH TYPE:
1. BRASS BODY AND DISC, PHOSPHOR -BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, NEOPRENE SEAT. MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI
AND MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 200 DEGREES F.
2.07 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. PARKER HANNIFIN/REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
2. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
3. APPROVED EQUAL
B. BRASS BODY, STAINLESS STEEL DIAPHRAGM, DIRECT ACTING, ADJUSTABLE OVER 0 TO 80 PSI RANGE. MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 450 PSI.
2.08 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
2. APPROVED EQUAL
B. STRAIGHT THROUGH OR ANGLE TYPE: BRASS BODY AND DISC, NEOPRENE SEAT, FACTORY SEALED AND STAMPED WITH ASME UV AND NATIONAL
BOARD CERTIFICATION NB, SELECTED TO ASHRAE STANDARD 15, WITH STANDARD SETTING OF 235 PSI.
2.09 FILTER -DRIERS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. FLOW CONTROLS DIVISION OF EMERSON ELECTRIC
2. PARKER HANNIFIN/REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
3. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
4. APPROVED EQUAL
B. CORES:
1. MOLDED OR LOOSE -FILL MOLECULAR SIEVE DESICCANT COMPATIBLE WITH REFRIGERANT.
2. ACTIVATED ALUMINA OR ACTIVATED CHARCOAL
3. FILTRATION TO 40 MICRONS, WITH SECONDARY FILTRATION TO 20 MICRONS
4. OF CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL NOT PASS INTO REFRIGERANT LINES.
5. CONSTRUCTION: UL LISTED.
6. REPLACEABLE CORE TYPE: STEEL SHELL WITH REMOVABLE CAP.
7. SEALED TYPE: COPPER SHELL.
8. CONNECTIONS: AS SPECIFIED FOR APPLICABLE PIPE TYPE.
2.10 SOLENOID VALVES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. FLOW CONTROLS DIVISION OF EMERSON ELECTRIC
2. PARKER HANNIFIN/REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
3. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
4. APPROVED EQUAL
B. VALVE: AHRI 760, PILOT OPERATED, COPPER OR BRASS BODY AND INTERNAL PARTS, SYNTHETIC SEAT, STAINLESS STEEL STEM AND PLUNGER
ASSEMBLY (PERMITTING MANUAL OPERATION IN CASE OF COIL FAILURE), AND INTEGRAL STRAINER, WITH FLARED, SOLDER, OR THREADED ENDS.
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI.
C. COIL ASSEMBLY: UL 429, UL LISTED, REPLACEABLE WITH MOLDED ELECTROMAGNETIC COIL, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS PROOF, WITH SURGE
PROTECTOR, COLOR CODED LEAD WIRES, AND INTEGRAL JUNCTION BOX WITH PILOT LIGHT.
D. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: 120 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE, 60 HZ.
2.11 EXPANSION VALVES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. FLOW CONTROLS DIVISION OF EMERSON ELECTRIC
2. PARKER HANNIFIN/REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
3. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
4. APPROVED EQUAL
B. ANGLE OR STRAIGHT THROUGH TYPE: AHRI 750; DESIGN SUITABLE FOR REFRIGERANT, BRASS BODY, INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL EQUALIZER, BLEED
HOLE, ADJUSTABLE SUPERHEAT SETTING, REPLACEABLE INLET STRAINER, WITH NON -REPLACEABLE CAPILLARY TUBE AND REMOTE SENSING
BULB AND REMOTE BULB WELL.
C. SELECTION: EVALUATE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE DROP THROUGH SYSTEM TO DETERMINE AVAILABLE PRESSURE DROP ACROSS VALVE. SELECT
VALVE FOR MAXIMUM LOAD AT DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURE AND MINIMUM 10 DEGREES F SUPERHEAT. SELECT TO AVOID BEING UNDERSIZED
AT FULL LOAD AND EXCESSIVELY OVERSIZED AT PART LOAD.
2.12 ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVES
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. PARKER HANNIFIN/REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
2. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
3. APPROVED EQUAL
B. VALVE:
1. BRASS BODY WITH FLARED OR SOLDER CONNECTION, NEEDLE VALVE WITH FLOATING NEEDLE AND MACHINED SEAT, STEPPER MOTOR
DRIVE.
C. EVAPORATION CONTROL SYSTEM:
1. ELECTRONIC MICROPROCESSOR BASED UNIT IN ENCLOSED CASE, PROPORTIONAL INTEGRAL CONTROL WITH ADAPTIVE SUPERHEAT,
MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE FUNCTION, PRESELECTION ALLOWANCE FOR ELECTRICAL DEFROST AND HOT GAS BYPASS.
D. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM CONTROL: ELECTRONIC MICROPROCESSOR BASED UNIT IN ENCLOSED CASE, WITH PROPORTIONAL INTEGRAL CONTROL
OF VALVE, ON/OFF THERMOSTAT, AIR TEMPERATURE ALARM (HIGH AND LOW), SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL, LIQUID INJECTION ADAPTIVE
SUPERHEAT CONTROL, MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE FUNCTION, NIGHT SETBACK THERMOSTAT, TIMER FOR DEFROST CONTROL.
2.13 RECEIVERS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. PARKER HANNIFIN/REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
2. SPORLAN VALVE COMPANY
3. APPROVED EQUAL
B. INTERNAL DIAMETER 6" AND SMALLER:
1. AHRI 495, UL LISTED, STEEL, BRAZED; 400 PSI MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATING, WITH TAPPINGS FOR INLET, OUTLET, AND PRESSURE RELIEF
VALVE.
C. INTERNAL DIAMETER OVER 6":
1. AHRI 495, WELDED STEEL, TESTED AND STAMPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME (BPV VIII, 1); 400 PSI WITH TAPPINGS FOR LIQUID INLET
AND OUTLET VALVES, PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE, AND MAGNETIC LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR.
2.14 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. MANUFACTURERS:
1. CIRCUIT HYDRAULICS, LTD.
2. FLEXICRAFT INDUSTRIES
3. PENFLEX
4. REFLOCK
5. APPROVED EQUAL
B. CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL HOSE WITH SINGLE LAYER OF STAINLESS STEEL EXTERIOR BRAIDING, MINIMUM 9" LONG WITH COPPER TUBE
ENDS; FOR MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 500 PSI.
C. DOUBLE BRAIDED STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS WITH REFLOCK END CONNECTIONS.
2.15 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION
A. INSULATION: PREFORMED FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR RUBBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C534 GRADE 3; USE MOLDED
TUBULAR MATERIAL WHEREVER POSSIBLE.
1. MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: -40 DEGREES F.
2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 220 DEGREES F.
3. CONNECTION: WATERPROOF VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE.
B. USAGE: REFRIGERATION PIPING - INTERIOR / EXTERIOR.
C. ELASTOMERIC FOAM ADHESIVE: AIR DRIED, CONTACT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION.
D. INTERIOR PIPE INSTALLATIONS: NO FINISH IS REQUIRED OVER CONCEALED INSULATION INDOORS. APPLY TWO COATS OF MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDED FINISH, WHERE INSULATION IS EXPOSED INDOORS.
E. INSERTS: PROVIDE INSERTS AT ALL SUPPORT LOCATIONS; SEE SECTION 23 00 20.
F. EXTERIOR PIPE INSTALLATIONS:
1. APPLY ONE COAT OF MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED FINISH
2. JACKET
• STAINLESS STEEL JACKET AND FITTINGS; MAKE WATERTIGHT.
• ZINC -COATED SHEETMETAL DUCTING. SLIMDUCT RD-SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL.
• UV-, FIRE-, AND WEATHER -RESISTANT IVORY -COLORED EXTRUDED PVC ROUND DUCT; SLIMDUCT PD-SERIES OR APPROVED
EQUAL.
2.16 JACKETS
A. ALUMINUM JACKET: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M) FORMED ALUMINUM SHEET.
1. THICKNESS: 0.040" SHEET.
2. FINISH: SMOOTH.
3. JOINING: LONGITUDINAL SLIP JOINTS AND 2" LAPS.
4. FITTINGS: 0.040" THICK DIE SHAPED FITTING COVERS WITH FACTORY ATTACHED PROTECTIVE LINER.
5. METAL JACKET BANDS: 3/8" WIDE; 0.010" THICK STAINLESS STEEL.
B. LINESET COVERS
1. MANUFACTURERS
• FORTRESS
• SPEEDICHANNEL
• SLIMDUCT
• APPROVED EQUAL
2. SIZED TO COVER REFRIGERANT PIPING AND INSULATION.
3. UV -RESISTANT FIRE-RESISTANT RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE, OR ZINC -COATED SHEETMETAL
4. STANDARD COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. REAM PIPE AND TUBE ENDS. REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN END FERROUS PIPE.
B. REMOVE SCALE AND DIRT ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE BEFORE ASSEMBLY.
C. PREPARE PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLANGES OR UNIONS.
A. INSTALL REFRIGERATION SPECIALTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, WITH PLUMBING PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE, AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT.
C. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE AND AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH USE OF SPACE.
D. GROUP PIPING WHENEVER PRACTICAL AT COMMON ELEVATIONS AND LOCATIONS. SLOPE PIPING ONE PERCENT IN DIRECTION OF OIL RETURN.
E. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE, JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT.
F. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.5.
2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED.
3. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2" SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK.
4. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12" OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW.
5. SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING AT EVERY OTHER FLOOR. SUPPORT RISER PIPING INDEPENDENTLY OF CONNECTED HORIZONTAL PIPING.
6. WHERE SEVERAL PIPES CAN BE INSTALLED IN PARALLEL AND AT SAME ELEVATION, PROVIDE MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS.
7. PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING.
8. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS FOR ALL REFRIGERATION PIPING. REFRIGERATION PIPING SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO THE
BUILDING STRUCTURE.
G. ARRANGE PIPING TO RETURN OIL TO COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE TRAPS AND LOOPS IN PIPING, AND PROVIDE DOUBLE RISERS AS REQUIRED. SLOPE
HORIZONTAL PIPING 0.40 PERCENT IN DIRECTION OF FLOW.
H. PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND ACCESS TO VALVES AND FITTINGS.
I. PROVIDE ACCESS TO CONCEALED VALVES AND FITTINGS. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ACCESS DOORS WITH SECTION 08 3100.
J. FLOOD COPPER PIPING SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN WHEN BRAZING.
K. WHERE PIPE SUPPORT MEMBERS ARE WELDED TO STRUCTURAL BUILDING FRAME, BRUSH CLEAN, AND APPLY ONE COAT OF ZINC RICH PRIMER TO
WELDING.
L. PREPARE UNFINISHED PIPE, FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES READY FOR FINISH PAINTING. REFER TO SECTION 09 90 00.
M. INSULATE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT; REFER TO SECTION 23 0719.
N. FOLLOW ASHRAE STANDARD 15 PROCEDURES FOR CHARGING AND PURGING OF SYSTEMS AND FOR DISPOSAL OF REFRIGERANT.
0. PROVIDE REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE FILTER -DRIERS, WITH ISOLATION VALVES AND VALVED BYPASS. USE BI-DIRECTIONAL UNITS FOR HEAT
PUMPS.
P. LOCATE EXPANSION VALVE SENSING BULB IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF EVAPORATOR ON SUCTION LINE.
Q. PROVIDE EXTERNAL EQUALIZER PIPING ON EXPANSION VALVES WITH REFRIGERANT DISTRIBUTOR CONNECTED TO EVAPORATOR.
R. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO AXIAL MOVEMENT OF COMPRESSOR, PARALLEL TO CRANKSHAFT.
S. FULLY CHARGE COMPLETED SYSTEM WITH REFRIGERANT AFTER TESTING.
T. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO SOLENOID VALVES. REFER TO SECTION 26 27 17.
U. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE REFLOK OR LOKRING FITTINGS (REFER TO PART 2 - PRODUCTS) FOR BRAZING OF COPPER TUBING. IF REFLOK OR
LOKRING FITTINGS ARE USED TO JOIN TUBING (COPPER OR ALUMINUM), BRAZING AND NITROGEN PURGE ARE ELIMINATED.
V. MITSUBISHI VRF SYSTEMS:
1. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL ACCESSORIES AND PIPING FOR A FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. REFER TO
MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR FULL INSTRUCTIONS.
2. TRAPS, FILTER DRIERS, AND SIGHT GLASSES ARE NOT TO BE INSTALLED ON THE REFRIGERANT PIPING OR CONDENSATE LINES.
W. EXTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATIONS: COVER WITH ALUMINUM JACKET WITH SEAMS LOCATED ON SIDE OF HORIZONTAL PIPING, LAPPED SO THAT
WATER CANNOT ENTER; MAKE WATERTIGHT.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. TEST REFRIGERATION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.5.
B. PRESSURE TEST SYSTEM WITH DRY NITROGEN ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.
TEST TO NO LEAKAGE.
END OF REFRIGERANT PIPING AND SPECIALTIES SECTION
SECTION 23 8127
SMALL SPLIT -SYSTEM HEATING & COOLING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. MANUFACTURED AIR -SOURCE SPLIT -SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING UNITS
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. SECTION 01 91 00 - COMMISSIONING.
B. SECTION 23 08 00 - MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING
C. SECTION 23 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
D. SECTION 23 23 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING AND SPECIALTIES
E. SECTION 23 3100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AHRI 210/240 - STANDARD FOR PERFORMANCE RATING OF UNITARY AIR CONDITIONING AND AIR -SOURCE HEAT PUMP EQUIPMENT; AIR-
CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
B. AHRI 520 - PERFORMANCE RATING OF POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT CONDENSING UNITS; AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND REFRIGERATION
INSTITUTE.
C. AHRI 610 - PERFORMANCE RATING OF CENTRAL SYSTEM HUMIDIFIERS FOR RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS; AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, AND
REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE.
D. ASHRAE STANDARD 15 - SAFETY STANDARD FOR REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-
CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.
E. ASHRAE STANDARD 23 - METHODS OF TESTING FOR RATING POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT REFRIGERANT COMPRESSORS AND CONDENSING UNITS;
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.
F. ASHRAE STANDARD 52.1 - GRAVIMETRIC AND DUST -SPOT PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AIR -CLEANING DEVICES USED IN GENERAL VENTILATION
FOR REMOVING PARTICULATE MATTER; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.
G. ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1 - ENERGY STANDARD FOR BUILDINGS EXCEPT LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,
REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC., INCLUDING ALL ADDENDA (ANSI/ASHRAE)
H. ASHRAE STANDARD 90.2 - ENERGY -EFFICIENT DESIGN OF NEW LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,
REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC..
I. ASHRAE STANDARD 103 - METHODS OF TESTING FOR ANNUAL FUEL UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY OF RESIDENTIAL CENTRAL FURNACES AND BOILERS;
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS, INC.
J. NEMA MG 1 - MOTORS AND GENERATORS; NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION.
K. NFPA 90A - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR-CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION.
L. NFPA 90B - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WARM AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION.
M. NFPA 211 - STANDARD FOR CHIMNEYS, FIREPLACES, VENTS, AND SOLID FUEL -BURNING APPLIANCES; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION.
N. UL 207 - REFRIGERANT -CONTAINING COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES, NONELECTRICAL; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION,
INCLUDING ALL REVISIONS.
0. REFERENCE STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST REVISION AS ACCEPTED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE RATED CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS, ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA, AND WIRING DIAGRAMS.
B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE ASSEMBLY, REQUIRED CLEARANCES, AND LOCATION AND SIZE OF FIELD CONNECTIONS.
C. DESIGN DATA: INDICATE REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZING.
D. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE RIGGING, ASSEMBLY, AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
E. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR DATA, AND PARTS LISTING.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES.
B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH
MINIMUM FIVE (5) YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. PROVIDE FIVE-YEAR MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON UNITS, COVERING PARTS AND LABOR. COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE A WARRANTY OF
SEVEN YEARS.
PART PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, INC.
B. DAIKIN
C. APPROVED EQUAL.
2.2 SPLIT -SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING UNITS
A. THE HEAT PUMP/FAN COIL/WALL PAC SYSTEM SHALL BE SPLIT SYSTEM WITH VARIABLE SPEED INVERTER COMPRESSOR. THE SYSTEM SHALL
CONSIST OF AN OUTDOOR UNIT, AND A MATCHED CAPACITY INDOOR SECTION THAT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A WALL -MOUNTED, THERMOSTAT
SENSOR, WIRED DIRECT TO UNIT AND INTERFACED WITH SITE EMCS.
B. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT LINES BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS, FACTORY CLEANED, DRIED, PRESSURIZED, SEALED, AND INSULATED.
C. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
1. EFFICIENCY: ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING (EER/SEER)/COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) NOT LESS THAN REQUIREMENTS OF
ASHRAE STANDARD 90.1; SEASONAL EFFICIENCY TO ASHRAE STANDARD 103, WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, OR LOCAL
JURISDICTION ENERGY CODE, WHICHEVER IS THE MOST STRINGENT.
2. AIR HANDLING: SEE SCHEDULE.
3. HEATING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: SEE SCHEDULE ON PLANS.
4. COOLING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: SEE SCHEDULE ON PLANS.
D. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: SEE SCHEDULE ON PLANS.
E. BASIS OF DESIGN IS MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC, INC.
F. PROVIDE "LITTLE GIANT" CONDENSATE PUMP AT EACH INDOOR UNIT UNLESS CONDENSATE PUMP IS INTEGRAL TO SPECIFIED UNIT. NO
EXCEPTIONS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE READY FOR INSTALLATION OF UNITS AND OPENINGS ARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS.
B. VERIFY THAT PROPER POWER SUPPLY IS AVAILABLE AND IN CORRECT LOCATION.
C. VERIFY THAT PROPER FUEL SUPPLY IS AVAILABLE FOR CONNECTION.
D. VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ON THE DRAWING, AND IN THE FIELD, DO NOT EXCEED THE MANUFACTURER'S MAXIMUM REFRIGERATION PIPE
LENGTH, INCLUDING ELEVATION AND FITTING ALLOWANCE. MC TO COORDINATE WITH GC, CC AND EC, PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN.
E. VERIFY EQUIPMENT WIRING AND COORDINATE WITH EC, SOME UNITS HAVE POWER TO ONE LOCATION, WITH A INTERTIE BETWEEN UNITS AND
OTHERS HAVE POWER TO BOTH UNIT LOCATIONS, WITH CONTROL INTERTIE.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A AND NFPA 90B.
C. INSTALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 15.
D. PRESSURIZE AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.
3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. PROVIDE THE SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR STARTING AND TESTING UNIT.
B. ENGAGE A FACTORY AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE AND
MAINTAIN THE ENTIRE SYSTEM.
C. PREPARE A MANUFACTURER'S STARTUP REPORT AND TURN OVER TO THE OWNER AND COMMISSIONING AGENT.
END OF SMALL SPLIT -SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING SECTION
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
ieiN w
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
MECHANICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
1 1 2 3
SHEET NO
M4mO2
4 5 1 6 7 1 8 9 10 11 1 24-220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Y
x
c�
J
W
U
m
a
EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
ROUGH -IN CONNECCTION
IN
TAG
FIXTURE TYPE
ELECTRICAL
FIXTURE DESCRIPTION
W
HW
1. AMTROL ST-5-C
(E) ET-1
EXPANSION TANK
-
-
3/4"
2. VOL. 2.1 GAL; ACCEPTANCE 0.9 GAL.
(E) EW-1
EYEWASH
_
_
_
_
1. HAWS 7610, EYE/FACE WASH.
2. SINK MOUNT.
(E) IH-1
INSTA-HOT HOT WATER DISPENSER
-
-
-
-
115V, 750 W, 6.25 A
1. INSINKERATOR INVITE MODEL H770-SS.
2. SINK RIM MOUNTED.
1. AMERICAN STANDARD MURRO 0954.000
2. DELTA 511 LF FAUCET.
(E) L-1
LAVATORY - ADA WALL HUNG
2"
2"
1/2"
1/2"
-
3. GRID STRAINER.
4. P-TRAP.
5. ANGLE STOP AND FLEX CONNECTION.
1. FIAT MSB-3624
(E) MS-1
MOP SINK - FLOOR MT
3"
2"
3/4"
3/4"
-
2. CHICAGO 897-RCF FAUCET.
3. P-TRAP.
1. ELKAY BLR-15 - 2 HOLE.
2. ZURN Z812134 GOOSENECK FAUCET, 4" WRISTBLADE HANDLES.
(E) S-1
SINK-15"xl5" SINGLE COMPARTMENT SINK
2"
2"
1/2"
1/2"
-
3. GRID STRAINER.
4. P-TRAP.
5. ANGLE STOP AND FLEX CONNECTION.
1. ELKAY DCR252210 - 3 HOLE.
(E) S-2
2. ZURN Z871C4 GOOSENECK FAUCET, 4" WRISTBLADE HANDLES.
(E) S-3
SINK - 25"x22" COUNTERTOP SINGLE COMPARTMENT SINK
2"
2"
1/2"
1/2"
-
3. BASKET STRAINER.
(E) S-4
4. P-TRAP.
5. ANGLE STOP AND FLEX CONNECTION.
1. ELKAY GECR2521 - 3 HOLE.
2. ZURN Z871C4 GOOSENECK FAUCET, 4" WRISTBLADE HANDLES.
(E) S-5
SINK - 25"x2l" COUNTERTOP SINGLE COMPARTMENT SINK
2"
2"
1/2"
1/2"
-
3. BASKET STRAINER.
4. P-TRAP.
5. ANGLE STOP AND FLEX CONNECTION.
1. ELKAY DLR332210 - 3 HOLE.
2. ZURN Z871C4 GOOSENECK FAUCET, 4" WRISTBLADE HANDLES.
(E) S-6
SINK - 33"x22" COUNTERTOP DOUBLE COMPARTMENT SINK
2"
2"
1/2"
1/2"
-
3. BASKET STRAINER.
4. P-TRAP.
5. ANGLE STOP AND FLEX CONNECTION.
1. AMERICAN STANDARD CADET 2467.100
(E) WC-1
WATER CLOSET - ADA HEIGHT WALL MT FLUSH TANK
3"
2"
1"
_
2. 1.1 GPF, ELONGATED PRESSURE ASSIST.
3. BEMIS 1955CT ELONGATED SEAT, OPEN FRONT LESS COVER
4. SEAT HT 17" AFF.
1/2 HP MOTOR
(E) WD-1
WASTE DISPOSER
-
-
-
-
120V / 1 PH 1. INSINKERATOR BADGER 5.
6.9 A
EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
MANUFACTURER
ENERGY FACTOR
CAPACITY
USABLE CAPACITY
TEMP RISE
RECOVERY
STORAGE TEMP
ELECTRICAL
PHYSICAL DATA
TAG
UNIT TYPE
LOCATION
DETAIL
REMARKS
MAKE
MODEL
# OF STAGES
KW
V-PH-Hz
D x H
WEIGHT
(EF)
(GAL)
(GAL)
(OF)
USGPH @
(DEG F)
TEMP RISE
INPUT/STAGE
(IN)
(LBS FULL)
(E) EWH-1
TANK
CLINIC ROOMS
A.O. SMITH
DEN-52
-
50.0
-
70
34
120
-
6.0
208-3-60
-
570
-
1, 2, 3, 4
REMARKS:
1. PIPE RELIEF VALVE TO SERVICE SINK.
2. PROVIDE INSULATED PAD AND DRAIN PAN.
3. WIRED FOR STANDARD 2-ELEMENT HEATER OPERATION, 208V / 3 PH, VERIFY FIELD VOLTAGE.
4. POWER WIRING AND ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
EXISTING CIRCULATOR PUMP
SCHEDULE
TAG
SYSTEM
MANUFACTURER & MODEL
LOCATION CAPACITY (GPM)
CONSTRUCTION
MOTOR
ELECTRICAL
WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS
HP
RPM
AMPS
V-PH-Hz
(E) CP-1
HOT WATER
GRUNDFOS / UP15-18135
CLINIC AREA 0.6
BRONZE
1/4
-
-
115-1-60
5 1,2
REMARKS:
1. STARTER, DISCONNECT AND TIMER INTERLOCK WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
2. BRONZE CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE WITH AUTOMATIC TIMER.
PIPING VOLUME AND MAXIMUM PIPING LENGTHS (TABLE C404.3.1)
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
(INCHES)
VOLUME
(LIQUID OUNCES
PER FOOT LENGTH)
MAXIMUM PIPING LENGTH
(FEET)
PUBLIC LAVATORY
FAUCETS
OTHER FIXTURES
AND APPLIANCES
1/4
0.33
6
50
1/2
1.5
8
43
3/4
3
0.5
21
1
5
0.5
13
1-1/4
8
0.5
8
1-1/2
11
0.5
6
2 OR LARGER
18
0.5
4
TABLE 1002.2
HORIZONTAL LENGTHS OF TRAP ARMS
(EXCEPT FOR WATER CLOSETS AND SIMILAR FIXTURES 1, 2
TRAP ARM PIPE DIAMETER (INCHES)
DISTANCE TRAP TO VENT MINIMUM
(INCHES)
LENGTH MAXIMUM (INCHES)
11/4
21 /2
30
11/2
3
42
2
4
60
3
6
72
4
8
120
Exceeding 4
2 x Diameter
120
FOR SI UNITS: 1 inch = 25.4 mm
NOTES:
1. MAINTAIN 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE (20.8 mm/m).
2. THE DEVELOPED LENGTH BETWEEN THE TRAP OF A WATER CLOSET OR SIMILAR
FIXTURE (MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE CLOSET FLANGE TO THE INNER
EDGE OF THE VENT) AND ITS VENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 6 FEET (1,829 mm).
TABLE C403.10.3
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKESS (THICKNESS IN INCHES)a
INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY
NOMINAL PIPE OR TUBE SIZE (INCHES)
FLUID OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
RANGE AND USAGE
(OF)
CONDUCTIVITY
MEAN RATING
< 1
1 to < 1-1/2
1-1/2 to < 4
4 to < 8
>_ 8
Btu • in. /(h • ft2 - °F)b
TEMPERATURE, OF
> 350
0.32 - 0.34
250
4.5
5
5
5
5
251 - 350
0.29 - 0.32
200
3
4
4.5
4.5
4.5
201 - 250
0.27 - 0.30
150
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
141 - 200
0.25 - 0.29
125
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
105 -140
0.21 - 0.28
100
1
1
1.5
1.5
1.5
40 - 60
10.21 - 0.27
75
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
< 40
1 0.20 - 0.26
75
0.5
1
1
1
1.5
A. FOR PIPING SMALLER THAN 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) AND LOCATED IN PARTITIONS WITHIN CONDITIONED SPACES, REDUCTION OF
THESE THICKNESSES BY 1 INCH (25 mm) SHALL BE PERMITTED (BEFORE THICKNESS ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED IN FOOTNOTE B)
BUT NOT TO A THICKNESS LESS THAN 1 INCH (25 mm).
B. FOR INSULATION OUTSIDE THE STATED CONDUCTIVITY RANGE, THE MINIMUM THICKNESS (T) SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:
r(o +dr)"- 1
WHERE:
T = MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS
r = ACTUAL OUTSIDE RADIUS OF PIPE.
t = INSULATION THICKNESS LISTED IN THE TABLE FOR APPLICABLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
AND PIPE SIZE.
K = CONDUCTIVITY OF ALTERNATE MATERIAL AT MEAN RATING TEMPERATURE INDICATED FOR
THE APPLICABLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (BTU x IN/H x FTA2 x DEG F)
k = THE UPPER VALUE OF THE CONDUCTIVITY RANGE LISTED IN THE TABLE FOR
THE APPLICABLE FLUID TEMPERATURE.
C. FOR DIRECT -BURIED HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEM PIPING, REDUCTION OF THESE THICKNESSES BY 1-1/2" (38mm)
SHALL BE PERMITTED (BEFORE THICKNESS ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED IN FOOTNOTE B BUT NOT TO THICKNESSES LESS THAN
1 INCH (25 mm).
GENERAL NOTES
1. THE TOTAL INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ANY AND ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LEGALLY CONSTITUTED
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION INCLUDING 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC), 2021 INTERNATIONAL
MECHANICAL CODE (IMC), 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS AND THE
2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE.
2. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS
UNDER WHICH HE WILL BE REQUIRED TO WORK. ALL INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE AND ARE GIVEN FOR
ESTIMATE PURPOSES ONLY.
3. BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK CAREFULLY CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, SIZES, REQUIRED
CLEARANCES AND SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FITTING OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
HEREIN REQUIRED TO OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES.
4. THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT ALL OFFSETS, BENDS, SPECIAL FITTINGS
AND LOCATIONS ARE NOT EXACTLY LOCATED. IN THE PREPARATION OF THESE DOCUMENTS, CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS
ARE MADE REGARDING EXISTING CONDITIONS. SOME OF THESE ASSUMPTIONS MAY NOT BE VERIFIABLE WITHOUT
EXPENDING ADDITIONAL SUMS OF MONEY OR DESTROYING OTHERWISE ADEQUATE OR SERVICEABLE PORTIONS OF
EXISTING BUILDINGS AND/OR EQUIPMENT. THEREFORE, THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
CHANGES OR ADDITIONAL COSTS INCURRED DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS.
5. ITEMS RELATED TO PLUMBING UTILITIES AND/OR OTHER SERVICE(S); MATERIALS, LABOR, PERMITS, FEES, ETC., SHALL
BE VERIFIED WITH THE RESPECTIVE SERVING UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF A BID. THE ACT OF
SUBMITTING A BID SHALL CONSTITUTE FULL RESPONSIBILITY TO INSTALL SERVICE(S) IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SERVING UTILITY COMPANY AND THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL
CHARGES LEVIED BY THE SERVING UTILITY COMPANY EXCEPTING THE FIRST BILLING DEPOSIT.
6. COMPLY WITH ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN LAYING OUT THEIR WORK AND EQUIPMENT. THEY SHALL COORDINATE
THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND ALL JOB CONDITIONS.
7. THE INSTALLATION OF ACCESS PANELS OR OTHER INDICATING EQUIPMENT OR SPECIALTIES REQUIRING READING,
ADJUSTMENT, INSPECTION, REPAIRS, REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE CONVENIENTLY LOCATED WITH
REFERENCE TO THE FINISHED BUILDING.
8. EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE HUNG OR ANCHORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
2021 (IBC) AND 2021 UPC.
9. THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IS TO CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2O21
WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE.
10. WHERE MATERIAL IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BUT NOT SPECIFIED, IT SHALL BE OF THE SAME TYPE AND QUALITY
AS EXISTING MATERIAL.
11. TEST SYSTEM(S) IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES.
12. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND LOCATED AS PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
COORDINATE ALL CLEANOUT LOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT CABINETS, ETC. AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY
INSTALLATION.
13. PAVED AREAS WHICH ARE EXCAVATED AND/OR DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS SHALL BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED. IN
ADDITION, RESTORE ORIGINAL CONDITION PLANTED AREAS DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS.
14. INSPECT & TEST EXISTING REGULATOR AT GAS METER SHOULD THE INLET PRESSURE AT THE REGULATOR BE LESS
THAN 8.0 IN. W.C. THE EXISTING REGULATOR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH A NEW AGA APPROVED REGULATOR AND SET
TO AN INLET SUPPLY PRESSURE OF 8.0 IN. W.C. OR GREATER.
15. ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE MADE SUCH THAT INTERRUPTION TIME WILL BE AS SHORT AS
POSSIBLE. GIVE THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS NOTICE OF SUCH INTERRUPTIONS AND THE
ACTUAL SHUT -DOWN TIME SHALL BE AT A TIME DESIGNATED BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE.
16. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE DISINFECTED AND FLUSHED PRIOR TO USE BY WATER -CHLORINATION
SOLUTION AND HAVE BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION MADE BY AN APPROVED AGENCY PER 2021 UPC 609.9 AND AS
PRESCRIBED IN AWWA C651. METHODS OF CLEANING/ DISINFECTING FOR NEW OR REPAIR PIPING AS DESCRIBED IN
C651 OR NFPA 24.
17. PLUMBING PIPE, FITTINGS AND FIXTURES USED TO CONVEY OR DISPENSE WATER FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION SHALL
BE LEAD-FREE PER 2021 UPC 604.2.
18. ANY SUBSTITUTION MADE THAT IS DIFFERENT FROM WHAT IS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS NEEDS TO BE APPROVED
BY ENGINEER OF RECORD AND OWNER PRIOR TO BID AND SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED ON THE SUBMITTAL AS TO
ALL THAT IS BEING SUBSTITUTED.
19. SHUT-OFF VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN MAIN BRANCHES, RUNS TO RISERS AND WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
20. NEW NON-RESIDENTIAL WATER CLOSETS SHALL COMPLY WITH 2O21 UPC 411.2 AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.6 GALLONS
PER FLUSH.
21. NEW NON-RESIDENTIAL WALL MOUNTED URINALS SHALL COMPLY WITH 2O21 UPC 412.1 AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.0
GALLON PER FLUSH.
22. NEW NON-RESIDENTIAL LAVATORY FAUCETS SHALL COMPLY WITH 2O21 UPC 407.2.1 AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.5
GALLONS PER MINUTE FOR PUBLIC LAVATORY AT 60 PSI.
23. FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, FITTINGS, AND MATERIALS SHALL BE LISTED.
24. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL MEET THE FLOW REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE 2021 UPC.
25. PUBLIC LAVATORIES SHALL HAVE CONTROLS TO LIMIT THE WATER TEMPERATURE TO 120'F.
ANCHORAGE AND BRACING NOTES
1. PIPES, DUCTS AND CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND BRACED PER THE SMACNA "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC
RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS", THE "SUPERSTRUT SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM"
FOR PIPES AND CONDUITS ONLY.
APPLICABLE CODES
1. BUILDING CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
2. PLUMBING CODE: 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
3. MECHANICAL CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
4. ELECTRICAL CODE: 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70 - 2020) INC. ANNEX A, B, AND C
5. FIRE/LIFE SAFETY: 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
6. ADA AND ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (LATEST EDITION)
7. ASME A17.1 SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS.
8. ENERGY: 2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE
SCOPE NARRATIVE
SCOPE NARRATIVE:
THE PROPOSED PROJECT CONSISTS OF EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES THAT ARE TO BE REMOVED FOR THE RENOVATION OF THE
EXISTING SPACES. CERTAIN FIXUTRES IN SOME ROOMS WILL REMAIN IN PLACE AS THEY WILL BE REUSED AND REPURPOSED.
THE PLUMBING PLANS INCLUDE:
1. DEMOLITION PLANS INDICATING THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING DOMESTIC PIPING SERVICES AND CORRESPONDING FIXTURES
SLATED FOR REMOVAL AND OR REPLACEMENT. PLANS SHALL INCLUDE CAPPING OF SERVICES IN WALL AND OR ABOVE
CEILING AS NECESSARY FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW PIPING AND OR FIXTURES.
PLUMBING LEGEND SYMBOLS
SYMBOL
ABBREVIATIONS
DESCRIPTION
DETAIL No.
TSHEET
DETAIL REFERENCE
No.
SECTION REFERENCE
STACK RISER
PLUMBING STACK OR RISER REFERENCE
ID. No.
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT REFERENCE
ID. No.
- - - - - - -
FW
FILTERED WATER
- - - - -
SCW
SOFTENED / CONDITIONED COLD WATER
-
CW
COLD WATER
- -
HW
HOT WATER
-
HWR
HOT WATER RETURN
_ _-----
-------
POP -OFF DRAIN LINE OR HIDDEN WATER LINE
S or W
SOIL or WASTE BELOW GRADE (or FLOOR)
GW
GW
GREASE WASTE BELOW GRADE (or FLOOR)
CWV
CWV
COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT
RD/OD
RD/OD
ROOF& OVERFLOW DRAIN ABOVE & BELOW GRADE (or
SD
RODRAIN
SD
S or W
SOIL or WASTE ABOVE GRADE (or FLOOR)
- - - - - - - - - - -
V
PLUMBING VENT
COND
COND
CONDENSATE DRAIN
SEC CONE
SEC COND
SECONDARY CONDENSATE DRAIN
G
G
GAS LOW PRESSURE
MPG
MPG
GAS MEDIUM PRESSURE
LPG
LPG
LIQUID PROPANE GAS
AS
AS
AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER
RW
RW
RECLAIM WATER
CA
CA
COMPRESSED AIR
CA
CAO
COMPRESSED AIR OUTLET
OX
OX
OXYGEN
N20
N20
NITROUS OXIDE
MA
MA
MEDICAL AIR
VAC
VAC
VACUUM
N2
N2
NITROGEN
BV
BALL VALVE
P�
sov
SHUT OFF VALVE
SOV or GC
SHUT OFF VALVE OR GAS COCK ON RISER
CV
SWING CHECK VALVE
A--
PRV
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
PTR
PRESSURE -TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE
RPBFP
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER
�D
DN
PIPE DOWN
-----40
UP
PIPE UP
DN
TEE DOWN
..
UP
TEE UP
0- C-
PIPE RISER & PIPE DROP (UP AND DOWN)
- - -(p
FCO
FLOOR CLEANOUT
WCO
WALL CLEANOUT
CO
CLEANOUT PLUG
- -
COTG
YARD CLEANOUT or CLEANOUT TO GRADE
CAP ON END OF PIPE
HB
HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM BREAKER
WHA & TP
WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR & TRAP PRIMER
i•�
CS
CIRCUIT SETTER
GR
GAS REGULATOR
GC
GAS COCK (or GAS STOP)
GS
GAS SOLENOID
'
EXISTING PIPING TO BE DEMOLISHED
P.O.C.
POINT OF CONNECTION
P.O.D.
POINT OF DEMOLITION
AP
ACCESS PANEL
ABV
ABOVE
BEL
BELOW
AGA
AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION
CONN
CONNECTION
CONT
CONTINUATION
(E)
EXISTING
(N)
NEW
DN
DOWN
ADA
AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT
IE
INVERT ELEVATION
(TYP)
TYPICAL
U.O.N.
UNLESS OTHER NOTED
VTR
VENT THROUGH ROOF
W/
WITH
FU
PLUMBING FIXTURE UNIT
B.F.F.
BELOW FINISH FLOOR
R.I.C.
ROUGH IN CONNECT
�I CCO
CCO
CONDENSATE CLEAN OUT
PLUMBING
SHEET INDEX
SHEET
NUMBER
SHEET NAME
P0.01
PLUMBING LEGENDS NOTES & SCHEDULES
P1.01
PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 2
P2.01
PLUMBING REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2
P3.01
PLUMBING DETAILS
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
PLUMBING
LEGENDS NOTES &
SCHEDULES
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
a
00
N
Cl)
N
V
(V
O
N
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7
10
11
SHEET NO
P0001
24-220
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
GENERAL NOTES:
11
..
-71
CD
LL-
w
0
U
. ca
a
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL (E) WASTE LINES, VENTS, COLD WATER, HOT WATER, HOT WATER
CIRC, CLEAN OUTS, FIXTURES, AND FITTINGS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK.
2. (E) PIPES SHALL NOT BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TURN OFF WATER SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF ANY SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES WITH THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, OWNER'S REP, AND/OR
OCCUPANTS.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ANY HOT WATER CIRCULATION FLOW RATES AND BALANCING VALVE LOCATIONS.
DEMO NOTES:
0 DEMO (E) PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ANY ASSOCIATED CW, HW, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING; CAP ALL PIPING IN A CONCEALED
LOCATION WITHIN THE PLUMBING WALL. EXACT LOCATIONS, SIZING, AND ROUTING IS UNKNOWN, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
ALL NECESSARY LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ASSOCIATED FIXTURE PIPING PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION.
2O (E) PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED CW, HW, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING TO REMAIN
0 DEMO (E) CASEWORK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DETAILS.
1 23 4 5 7 6
I I I I I I I
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
PLUMBING
DEMOLITION PLAN
D - LEVEL 2
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
Q
co
N
co
N
r—
V
N
O
N
N
PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN - LEVEL 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NORTH
®� SHEET NO Pi 001
SCALE- 1/4" = 1'-01, 1
11 24-220
1 2 3 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
..
-71
CD
LL-
w
0
U I
m I
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL (E) WASTE LINES, VENTS, COLD WATER, HOT WATER, HOT WATER CIRC,
CLEAN OUTS, FIXTURES, AND FITTINGS PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL TURN OFF WATER SUPPLY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE
THE EXTENT OF ANY SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES WITH THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, OWNER'S REP, AND/OR OCCUPANTS.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ANY HOT WATER CIRCULATION FLOW RATES AND BALANCING VALVE LOCATIONS.
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
(E) PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED CW, HW, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING TO REMAIN.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
16NEdmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
C
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
PLUMBING
REMODEL PLAN -
D LEVEL 2
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
NORTH
®� SHEET NO P2mOl
PLUMBING REMODEL PLAN - LEVEL 2 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-011 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 24-220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1/2" CW
SUPPLY —
BALL VALVE
TRAP
PRIMER
10
THREADED HANGER -
ROD. FOR SIZE AND
SPACING SE 2
P3.01
11
Y
c�
J
U
a
1/2" CW (TYP)
BALL VALVE -
REFER
ZTO PLANS
FOR SIZE AND
LOCATION
PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS -
PRIME -RITE TRAP PRIMER VALVE
MODEL #PR-500
DISTRIBUTION UNIT
WHERE REQUIRED
FLOOR
J v
TTO FLOOR SINK OR
FLOOR DRAIN TRAP
FLOOR DRAIN TRAP PRIMER DISTRIBUTION CHART
MAX. WATER DEL.
NO. OF
DISTRIBUTIO
ON 15 SEC.
USE STAND
DISTRIBUTION
DRAIN
N UNIT
PRESS. DROP.
PIPE STYLE
UNIT IS
1
N/A
2 OZ.
STRAIGHT
NOT REQUIRED
2
DU-2
2 OZ.
STRAIGHT
2 OPENING
3
DU-3
5 OZ.
STRAIGHT
3 OPENING
4
DU-4
5 OZ.
STRAIGHT
4 OPENING
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
VENT FULL SIZE OF
COND. DRAIN
2" M
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
VACUUM BREAKER
SPRING LOADED CHECK
VALVE (TYP)
COLD WATER SUPPLY—\
BALL VALVE (TYP)
NOTE ACCESS PANEL SHALL NOT BE
INSTALLED BEHIND GRAB BARS.
TRAP PRIMER CONN
FC UNIT, SEE
MECH DWGS
SECONDARY
CONDENSATE PAN
n
--TERMINATE SECONDARY
CONDENSATE LINE AT CEILING
OVER SINK OR LAV.
CEILING
ROUT SECONDARY COND.
LINE SAME AS COND. LINE.
`—ESCUTCHEON(TYP)
CONDENSATE DRAIN
FROM FC UNIT.
SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR
ROUTING & SIZES.
CONDENSATE DRAIN—
S L
FROM FC UNIT.
OR
SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR
1 1
ROUTING & SIZES.
CONDENSATE LINE,
SLOPE TO DRAIN.
ESCUTCHEON
COND. CONN. TO TAIL PCs.
WITH SLIP JOINT FITTING BELOW SINK. L
SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR SIZES. MIN 1" AIR BREAK`
JANITOR SINK
COND & SEC COND TO TP & JS
HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP
EXPANSION TANK
ACCESS
PANEL
ADD VERTICAL ANGLE -
STIFFENER IF LENGTH
GREATER THAN MAX
LENGTH SHOW ON PIPE
SUPPORT SCHEDULE
NUT & WASHER —
TOP & BOTTOM
"B-LINE" - B3690
ADJUSTABLE "J"
HANGER
PIPING. SEE
PLANS FOR SIZE
AND LOCATION
INSULATION WHERE "B LINE" B3162
APPLIES - SEE PIPE SADDLE
SPECIFICATIONS
NOTES:
1. DETAIL APPLIES TO PIPES 2" I.D. AND SMALLER
2. REFER TO PIPE SUPPORT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
4 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE PIPE SUPPORT
FOR CONNECTION TO
STRUCTURE - REFER TO
2008 SMACNA
GUIDELINES
-STIFFENER
SHALL BE
SPOT WELD ,
TRANSVERSE ANGLE
BRACE. ALTERNATE
SIDES EVERY BRACE.
5
HOT WATER RECIRC LINE
0
HOT WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES
'HOT WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES
T&P RELIEF VALVE
ELECTRIC WATER HEATER
DRAIN VALVE
C 3/4" RELIEF
0
APPROVED DRAIN LOCATION WITH AIR GAP
INSULATING PAD (IF REQUIRED)
PIPE SIZE
MAXIMUM SPAN
HANGER
MAX.
2
1
2
ETWEEN SUPPOR
ROD
LONGITUDINAL
VERTICA
BOLT
IN
HANGERS O.C.
DIAMETER
LENGTH
ANGLE BRACE
HANGER ANGLETRANSVERSE
ANGLE BRACE
SIZE
INCHES
HORIZ.
VERT
SIZE
FOR RODS
(STIFFENER)
COPPER
TUBE & PIPE
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
1/2 & 3/4
6'-0"
10'-0"
3/8"
37"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
1 x 1 x 18GA
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
3/8"
1 THRU 1-1/2
6'-0"
10'-0"
3/8"
37"
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
1 x 1 x 18GA
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
3/8"
GA 80' 0" O.C.
GA 40' 0" O.C.
2
10' 0"
10' 0"
3/8"
37"
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
1 x 1 x 18GA
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
3l8
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
STEEL PIPE
FOR GAS
iikikii
1/2&3/4
10'0"
10'0"
3/8"
37"
1-1/2x1-1/2x18
1x1x18GA
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
3l8"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
1-1/2" x 1-1/2 x 18
1
8' 0"
8' 0"
3l8"
37"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
1 x 1 x 18GA
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
3/8"
1-1/4 THRU 2
10'-0"
10'-0"
3/8"
37"
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
1 x 1 x 18GA
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
3/8"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
SCHEDULE
40
PVC & ABS DWV
3
1/2 & 3/4
4'-0"
10' 0"
3/8"
37"
1 x 1-1/2 x 18
1 x 1 x 18GA
1 x x 18
3/8"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GAA @ 40-0-0O.C.
'"
1 THRU 2
4'-0"
10'-0"
3/8"
37"
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18 1 x 1 x 18GA
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
3/8"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
CAST IRON HUBLESS
NO HUB
1-1/2 & 2
OA
15'-0"
3/8"
37"
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18 1 x 1 x 18GA
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 18
3/8"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GA @ 40'-0"
3 THRU 6
OA
REFER TO SMACNA GUIDELINES IN SCHEDULE BELOW
SUPPORT EVERY JOINT. SUPPORT SHALL BE WITHIN 18 INCHES OF JOINT ON BOTH SIDES. (SUPPORT ALSO REQUIRED
EACH HORIZONTAL JOINT CONNECTION
6AT
i
1
ALL PIPING
2-1/2" AND LARGER PER THE FOLLOWING SMACNA GUIDELINES
2-1/2
10' 0"
10' 0"
1/2"
25"
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
2 x 2 x 16GA
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
3/8 „
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GA 40'-0" O.C.
3
10' 0"
10'-0"
1/2"
25"
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
2 x 2 x 16GA
2-1 /2 x 2-1/2 x 16
3/8 „
GA @ 80'-0"
GA 40'-0" O.C.
4
10' 0"
10' 0"
5/8"
31"
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
2 x 2 x 16GA
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
1/2"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
5
10'-0"
10'-0"
5l8"
31"
GA @ 80'-0" O.C.
2 x 2 x 16GA
GA 40'-0" O.C.
1/2"
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 16
6
10' 0"
10' 0"
5l8"
37"
GA @ 40'-0" O.C.
2 x 2 x 16GA
GA 40'-0" O.C.
1/2
NOTES
O VERTICAL ANGLE ONLY REQUIRED WHEN ROD MAXIMUM LENGTH IS EXCEEDED.
O BRACING MAY BE OMITTED WHERE TOP OF PIPE IS 12" OR LESS FROM BOTTOM OF HANGER SUPPORT CONNECTED TC
STRUCTURE
l 3 l ALLOW FOR EXPANSION EVERY 30'-0"
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE PIPE SUPPORT SCHEDULE 1
WA
ARI
PIPE SIZING AND
SELECTION TABLE
PIPE
SIZE
FIXTURE
UNITS
CROSS REF.
PDI
1/2"
1-11
A
3/4"
12-32
B
V
33-60
C
11/4"
61-113
D
11/2"
114-154
E
2"
155-330
F
FOR SIZE &
LOCATION
NOTE:
ACCESS PANEL SHALL NOT BE
INSTALLED BEHIND GRAB BARS.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
ieiNEdmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
09/27/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
2 EDMONDS, WA 98026
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE
(E) HW HEATER DETAIL (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 6 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR 3
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
PLUMBING
DETAILS
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: RH
DRAWN BY: LC
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
SHEET NO
P3mOl
24-220
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Y
x
0
J
W
U
In
a
a
00
v
O
0
v
(V
O
(V
O
M
GENERAL NOTES
ABBREVIATIONS
POWER LEGEND AND SYMBOLS
POWER LEGEND AND SYMBOLS
1. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
A AMPERE
MH MANHOLE /METAL HALIDE
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
(CFR), NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE EDITION AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS.
AF AMPERE FRAME RATING
MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY
200- D
CONDUIT WIRING DESCRIPTION PER FEEDER SCHEDULE ON OTHER PLAN
A-1
SUBSCRIPT "A-1" REFERS TO PANEL DESIGNATION WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER. TYPICAL OF ALL
2. ALL WORK IS NEW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
AFC AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT
M/M METER AND MAIN SECTION
RECEPTACLE OUTLETS.
3. ALL PANELS, SWITCHES, ETC. SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT GUTTER SPACE AND LUGS IN COMPLIANCE TO UL
AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE
PB
CONCRETE ELECTRICAL PULLBOX WITH LID APPROPRIATE FOR INSTALLATION LOCATION. LID
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO
REQUIREMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUCTORS SHOWN.
AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
NC NORMALLY CLOSED
SHALL BE LABELED ACCORDING TO USE.
�
BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
4. WHERE WIRE SIZES ARE INDICATED ON PLANS, FOR INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS, THE WIRE SIZE INDICATED
AFU AMPHERE FUSE RATING (FUSE)
NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
�
SMOKE FIRE DAMPER
�
DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15"
SHALL APPLY TO THE COMPLETE CIRCUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
AIC AMPHERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL
A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
AS AMPERE SWITCH RATING (FUSE)
MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION
�D
DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR.
5. WHERE EXISTING CIRCUITS OR DEVICES ARE DEMOLISHED, MODIFIED, OR REUSED, ENSURE ALL
�
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, GFCI TYPE) MOUNTED +
EXISTING ELECTRICAL UTILIZATION DEVICES TO REMAIN ARE ENERGIZED UPON COMPLETION OF WORK.
AT AMPERE TRIP RATING (CIRCUIT BREAKER)
NEW (N) NEW, TO BE FURNISHED AND
THERMOSTAT SUPPLIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL
15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
TO
STUB 3/4" C.O. 6" ABOVE CEILING SPACE, PROVIDE BUSHING AND PULL WIRE. IF INSTALLED IN
6. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND OTHER
AREA WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE ABOVE OR HARDLID CEILING, PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. BACK TO
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) WITH MOUNTING HEIGHT
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
BCG BARE COPPER GROUND
NF NON FUSED
ASSOCIATED HVAC UNIT. REFER TO MECHANICAL DETAILS FOR T-STAT MOUNTING HEIGHT
HORIZONTALLY ABOVE COUNTER TOP PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR APPROVAL.
7. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND WIRING FROM ALL JUNCTION BOXES, SWITCHES, ETC. AND MAKE FINAL
BKBD BACKBOARD
NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
REQUIREMENTS.
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, GFCI TYPE) WITH MOUNTING
CONNECTION AS REQUIRED TO ALL BUILDING EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
BLDG BUILDING
N/L NIGHT LIGHT
CO
CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR SUPPLIED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRCIAL
HEIGHT HORIZONTALLY ABOVE COUNTER TOP PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR APPROVAL.
BKR BREAKER
NO NUMBER, NORMALLY OPEN
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" GALVANIZED RIGID COUDUIT WITH PULL STRING BACK TO
8. LOCATION OF LOCAL WALL SWITCHES ARE SUBJECT TO MODIFICATIONS. AT OR NEAR DOORS, INSTALL
NTS NOT TO SCALE
HEAD END CARBON MONOXIDE PANEL. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT
CA TITLE 24 COMPLIANT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, HALF CONTROLLED, CONVENIENCE, WITH
SWITCHES ON SIDE OPPOSITE TO DOOR HINGE. VERIFY FINAL HINGE LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY
C CONDUIT
EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND WIRING DETAILS.
PERMANENT MARKING. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
WORK.
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER
OC ON CENTER
CA TITLE 24 COMPLIANT DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, HALF -CONTROLLED,
9. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND WORK
CKT CIRCUIT
OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER
CONVENIENCE, WITH PERMANENT MARKING. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO
INCLUDED. FOLLOW DRAWINGS IN LAYING OUT WORK AND CHECK DRAWINGS OR OTHER TRADES
CFSD COMBINATION FIRE SMOKE DAMPER
PB PULL BOX
BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
RELATING TO WORK TO VERIFY SPACE IN WHICH WORK WILL BE INSTALLED. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND
CO CONDUIT ONLY
PF POWER FACTOR
SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE WITH (2) USB PORTS. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS)
MINIMUM CODE REQUIRED WORKING CLEARANCES AT ALL TIMES.
PNL PANEL
MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. LEVITON MODEL #T5832.
CONC CONCRETE
WP
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL WALL OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES,
CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER
POC POINT OF CONNECTION
�
WEATHERPROOF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS)
BELL/STROBES, FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS. RECEPTACLES ETC. WITH CABINETS, FURNITURE,
PP POWER POLE
MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
EQUIPMENT ETC., TO AVOID CONFLICT.
CU COPPER
PWR POWER
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, SINGLE SPLIT -CIRCUIT SWITCHED. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS)
LIGHTING LEGEND AND SYMBOLS
11. WHERE ELECTRIC MOTORS OR HEATERS ARE INSTALLED IN HUNG CEILINGS, PROVIDE DISCONNECT
q CENTERLINE
PVC POLYVIQUADNYLCHLORIDE
MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
SWITCH IN HUNG CEILING WITHIN REACH FROM ACCESS POINT.
DISC DISCONNECT
-0
SURFACE MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS)
DSBN DISTRIBUTION SECTION
QUAD QUADRUPLEX
MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N.
12. FURNISH APPROVED EXPANSION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAY CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS.
QTY QUANTITY
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
13. FURNISH PULL STRING IN EACH RACEWAY RUN OVER 10' IN LENGTH, IN WHICH PERMANENT WIRING IS
DN DOWN
RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL
�
RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OUTLET, CONVENIENCE. (20 AMPS, 125
NOT INSTALLED.
DWG DRAWING
RMC RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT
FN
2'X4' RECESSED LUMINAIRE. FN INDICATES LUMINAIRE TYPE - REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE,
VOLTS)
EA EACH
RM ROOM
F� ab
N/L
TYPICAL. SUBSCRIPT 2ab REFERS TO CIRCUIT AND SWITCH LEG'a' AND'b'. SUBSCRIPT N/L REFERS
O
ABOVE CEILING, CONCEALED, JUNCTION BOX, WITH COVER, PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
14. NOT MORE THAN THREE LIGHTING OR CONVENIENCE OUTLET CIRCUITS ARE PERMITTED IN ONE
EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
TO UNSWITCHED LEG.
(NEC) TABLE 370-b(a), 4" SQUARE DEEP, WITH PLASTER RING
CONDUIT, PROVIDE SEPARATE CONDUIT FOR EACH HOMERUN INDICATED ON THE DRAWING, UNLESS
RNC RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
INDICATED OTHERWISE.
EM EMERGENCY
SHT SHEET
FNE
2'X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE WITH 90MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP
T
RECESSED WALL MOUNTED, JUNCTION BOX, WITH COVER, PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
TABLE 370-b(a), 4" SQUARE DEEP, WITH PLASTER RING
(NEC)
15. PROVIDE PULL BOXES WHEREVER NECESSARY TO FACILITATE PULLING OF CONDUCTORS. COORDINATE
EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
SN SOLID NEUTRAL
LOCATIONS OF BOXES WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT. PULL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE.
EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF
SPEC SPECIFICATIONS
e
SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE FACE EXIT SIGN (UNIVERSAL ARROWS INDICATED AS NEEDED)
®
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLUSH IN FLOOR, WATERTIGHT JUNCTION BOX, HINGED BRASS COVER
THE SIZE OF PULL BOX SHALL COMPLY WITH N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS.
EXIST, (E) EXISTING
/
I 1
(20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS) U.O.N.
16. OUTLET BOXES FOR FIXTURES RECESSED IN HUNG CEILING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH OPENING
EXO EXTERNAL OPERABLE DISCONNECT
SW SWITCH
SWBD SWITCHBOARD
SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN (UNIVERSAL ARROWS INDICATED AS NEEDED)
®
DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH IN FLOOR, WATERTIGHT JUNCTION BOX (20 AMP, 120
VOLT, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE) U.O.N.
CREATED BY REMOVAL OF FIXTURES.
F FUSE
TC TIME CLOCK
17. SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL CONNECTION
FA FIRE ALARM
TEL TELEPHONE
S3ab
SWITCH, SINGLE POLE 20A. MOUNTED 48" A.F.F. TO TOP OF DEVICE. SUBSCRIPTS INDICATE THE
O
JUNCTION BOX, FLUSH IN FLOOR, WATERTIGHT JUNCTION BOX (20 AMP, 120 VOLT, 2-POLE, 3-
REQUIREMENTS TO CONTROL PANELS, CONTROL TRANSFORMERS, POWER FOR CONTROL SYSTEM EP
FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FOLLOWING:
WIRE) U.O.N.
AND PE SWITCHES, TIME CLOCKS, VALVES, STATS, RELAYS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS, ETC.
TERM TERMINAL
INDICATED ON CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FINAL CONTROL
FF FINISHED FLOOR
TP TEMPORARY POLE
M - MOTOR RATED K - KEY OPERATED
FLOOR BOX NOTE
WIRING REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND
FG FINISHED GRADE
3 - THREE WAY D - DIMMER SWITCH
WHERE INDICATED IN AN EXISTING SLAB, PROVIDE SAWCUTTING OF SLAB AS REQUIRED AND
PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED.
FLA FULL LOAD CURRENT
TYP TYPICAL
4 - FOUR WAY T - TIMED SWITCH
EXTEND CONDUIT AND WIRING TO JUNCTION BOX IN NEAREST ACCESSIBLE WALL. DO NOT
UGPS UNDERGROUND PULL SECTION
SAWCUT THROUGH POST TENSION SLABS.
18. ALL EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING THOSE THAT ARE EXPOSED TO
GEC GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR
UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY
a, b, c, ETC. - DESIGNATES SWITCH -LEGS CONTROLLED AND QUANTITY OF SWITCHES AT EACH
OUTSIDE ENVIRONMENT SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF TYPE, NEMA 3R.
GEN GENERATOR
LOCATION.
� L5-30
SPECIALTY OUTLET. VERIFY NEMA CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLANS.
UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
R
19. NO CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE ALLOWED IN CONCRETE SLABS. ALL CONDUITS WILL BE PLACED ABOVE
GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
0
OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DUAL -TECHNOLOGY, SURFACE CEILING MOUNTED. WATT STOPPER MODEL
ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE UNDERGROUND.
GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION
V VOLT, VOLTAGE
#DT-300 OR LEVITON MODEL #OSC20-MOW. PROVIDE WITH POWER PACK(S) AS REQUIRED.
BRANCH PANELBOARD, WALL MOUNTED, SEE PLANS AND SCHEDULE. (RECESSED MOUNTED)
20. LIGHTING, POWER, TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE PLACED BACK -TO-
BACK.
GND GROUND
HD HEAVY DUTY
VA VOLT-AMPERE
DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR, SURFACE WALL MOUNTED 180' U.O.N. LEVITON MODEL
OR
0
BRANCH PANELBOARD, WALL MOUNTED, SEE PLANS AND SCHEDULE. (SURFACE MOUNTED)
VD VOLTAGE DROP
#OSSMT-GD (FOR SINGLE POLE SWITCHING) & LEVITON MODEL #OSSMD-GD FOR (DUAL SWITCHING)
21. WHERE MORE THAN ONE LIGHT SWITCH OCCURS AT SAME LOCATION, SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED IN
HOA HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC
VFC VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER
Dab
LOW -VOLTAGE OVERRIDE SWITCH. NUMBER INDICATES OVERRIDE SWITCH. A,B,C, ETC. DESIGNATES
MAIN SWITCHBOARD, POWER OR LIGHT, FLOOR STANDING ENCLOSURE, (SEE SINGLE LINE
A MULTIPLE GANG BOX UNDER A SINGLE COVER PLATE. PLATES WITH MORE THAN (3) LIGHT SWITCHES
HP HORSE POWER
VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
ZONE AS SHOWN ON LIGHTING ZONE SCHEDULE.
DIAGRAM AND LOAD SUMMARY)
SHALL BE LABELED TO INDICATE THE LIGHT FIXTURES CONTROLLED.
HV HIGH VOLTAGE
W WATT
❑J ❑J
F
HEAVY DUTY SAFETY SWITCH H.P. AND 600 VOLTS RATED. "F" INDICATES FUSE TYPE. FUSES
22. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON INDIVIDUAL SUPPORTS, OR OTHERWISE DIRECTLY ON
IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME
Oab
LOW VOLTAGE DIMMER SWITCH. MOUNTED 48" A.F.F. TO TOP OF DEVICE. a b c ETC. DESIGNATES
100AS
PER APPROVED EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES
EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED NO MODIFICATION TO EQUIPMENT IS NECESSARY.
WH WATT-HOUR
SWITCH -LEGS CONTROLLED AND QUANTITY OF SWITCHES AT EACH LOCATION.
SWITCH PER AMPERE RATING. # OF POLES TO MATCH SUPPLY CIRCUIT.
IG ISOLATED/INSULATED GROUND
23. ALL ELECTRICAL POWER, LIGHTING, TELEPHONE OR SIGNAL WIRING IN FIRE RATED WALL IS TO BE
WP WEATHERPROOF
Dab
LOW -VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DUAL -TECHNOLOGY, SURFACE CEILING MOUNTED
�I#2
MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER H.P. RATED (NUMBERS INDICATE NEMA SIZE)
WW WIREWAY
INTERCONNECTED TO NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS.
INSTALLED IN A METALLIC CONDUIT SYSTEM.
ISC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AVAILABLE
IN RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES
XP EXPLOSION PROOF
COMBINATION DIMMING SWITCH AND LOW -VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DUAL -TECHNOLOGY.
+96" OR +7'-6" AFF
MOUNTING HEIGHT FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET OR EQUIPMENT. FOR
24. ALL ELECTRIC MATERIAL SHALL BE LISTED BY "UL" FOR THE TYPE OF APPLICATION AND "UL" LABEL
Z IMPEDANCE
WALL MOUNTED 48" A.F.F. TO TOP OF DEVICE INTERCONNECTED TO NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS.
LIGHT FIXTURES, IT IS TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE.
SHALL APPEAR ON ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
J-BOX JUNCTION BOX
4W FOUR -WIRE
]
CONDUIT STUBBED AND CAPPED, SIZE AND QUANTITIES PER PLANS.
KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS
CEILING MOUNTED DIGITAL ROOM CONTROLLER INTERCONNECTED TO NETWORK LIGHTING
25. CONTACT UTILITY COMPANIES FOR SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID; INCLUDE UTILITY
3W THREE WIRE
CONTROLS.
CONDUIT CONCEALED IN OR UNDER FLOOR, 3/4" LION, COORDINATE WITH G.C.: OR, BURIAL
CHARGES IF ANY.
KW KILOWATT
5S JUNCTION BOX
- - - - - - -
CONDUIT UNDERGROUND. REFER TO PLANS, DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
SIGNAL LEGEND AND SYMBOLS
26. ALL DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT (SUCH AS CB's, SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, ETC.),
KV KILO VOLT
(4 11/16" SQUARED X2 1/8" DEEP)
DETAIL No.
TERMINATIONS SHALL BE FULLY RATED PER UL AS FOLLOWS:
KVA KILO VOLT-AMPERE
0 DIAMETER, PHASE
LDC LOCAL DISTRIBUTION CABINET
SHEET No.
DETAIL REFERENCE
a. 100A OR LESS: 60°C OR MORE;
# NUMBER
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
b. MORE THAN 10OA : 75°C OR MORE.
LDF LOCAL DISTRIBUTION FRAME
oC DEGREE CELSIUS
LCL LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD
EQUIPMENT
27. ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DESIGN DISCREPANCIES ON PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE
(E) EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN
DATA OUTLET BOX 4S, MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. STUB 3/4" C.O. 6" ABOVE(�X
EQUIPMENT REFERENCE
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION OR CORRECTION
LFMC LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
17
CEILING SPACE, PROVIDE BUSHING AND PULL WIRE. IF INSTALLED IN AREA WITH EXPOSED
ID No.
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND PREPARATION OF SUBMITTAL PACKAGES.
LSIG LONG, SHORT, INSTANTANEOUS, GROUND
REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE AND
(R)
STRUCTURE ABOVE OR HARD LID CEILING, PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. BACK TO LOCATION OF NEAREST
ASSOCIATED
IDF/MDF.
28. CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC.(UL) LISTED, 600 VOLT INSULATION OF
LTG LIGHTING
CONDUIT AND WIRE
TYPE SPECIFIED BELOW OR ELSEWHERE IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER
LV LOW VOLTAGE
REMOVE EXISTING DEVICE AND
'Tw
TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX 4S, MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. STUB 3/4" C.O. 6"
F_ -1
EXISTING (DASH INDICATES) ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
AND LISTED FOR 90 DEGREE APPLICATIONS.
MFR MANUFACTURER
(RL) RELOCATE
ABOVE CEILING SPACE, PROVIDE BUSHING AND PULL WIRE. IF INSTALLED IN AREA WITH EXPOSED
L
AS SHOWN ON PLAN
STRUCTURE ABOVE OR HARD LID CEILING, PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. BACK TO LOCATION OF NEAREST
1. BRANCH CIRCUITS - LIGHTING AND POWER.
MAX MAXIMUM
(NL) NEW LOCATION OF RELOCATED
COMMUNICATIONS CABINET OR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. "W" INDICATES +42" A.F.F. UNLESS
TELEPHONE BACKBOARD 2'X4'X3/4" PLYWOOD. PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT TO TELEPHONE POC.
MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
DEVICE
OTHERWISE NOTED.
I
a. #10 AWG AND SMALLER, SOLID WIRE TYPE THW OR THHN/THWN-2, THHW(THHN FOR
(
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
DRY LOCATION ONLY).
MIN MINIMUM
V
COMBINATION TELEPHONE & DATA OUTLET BOX 4S, MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE
b. #8 AWG TO #2 AWG, STRANDED TYPE THW OR THHN/THHW.
U.O.N. STUB 3/4" C.O. 6" ABOVE CEILING SPACE, PROVIDE BUSHING AND PULL WIRE. IF INSTALLED IN
MOLDED CASE SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER
GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES
C. #1 AWG AND LARGER, STRANDED TYPE XHHW-2.
AREA WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE ABOVE OR HARD LID CEILING, PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. BACK TO
LOCATION OF NEAREST IDF/MDF, COMMUNICATIONS CABINET, OR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD.
MOLDED CASE DRAW OUT TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
2. FEEDERS: TYPE THW OR THHN/THWN-2, OR XHHW-2.
I
REMOTE CONTROLLED, ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED CIRCUIT BREAKER
COMBINATION TELEPHONE &DATA OUTLET BOX 4S, MOUNTED HEIGHT HORIZONTALLY ABOVE
29. PROVIDE GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH RACEWAY INCLUDING CONDUITS, PLUG
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE AND MAKE THEMSELVES COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE
COUNTER TOP PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR APPROVAL STUB 3/4" C.O. 6" ABOVE CEILING SPACE,
STRIPS, WIREMOLD. SIZE OF GROUNDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE
EXISTING INSTALLED CONDITIONS. A FIELD SURVEY VERIFICATION IS MANDATORY IN ORDER TO SUBMIT AN
PROVIDE BUSHING AND PULL WIRE. IF INSTALLED IN AREA WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE ABOVE OR
SWITCH AND FUSE ASSEMBLY
ARTICLE 250.
ELECTRICAL BID, FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL NOT RELIEVE THIS CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS
HARD LID CEILING, PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. BACK TO LOCATION OF NEAREST IDF/MDF, COMMUNICATIONS
T
CONTRACT.
CABINET, OR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD.
30. WIRING METHOD SHALL BE EMT ABOVE GROUND AND MOUNTED IN CONCEALED SPACES AND
UTILITY COMPANY PULL SECTION LUGS
SCHEDULE-40 PVC FOR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION. USE RIGID WHEN ENCASED IN CONCRETE OR
2. ALL EQUIPMENT OR WORK REQUIRED TO CARRY OUT THE DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK IS CONSIDERED TO BE PART
O
FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE & DATA OUTLET BOX, U.O.N.
SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE.
OF THE CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK. NO EXTRAS WILL BE CONSIDERED TO PERFORM THE REQUIRED WORK.
1
GROUNDING CONNECTION TO MAIN BUILDING GROUND SYSTEM U.O.N.
TV
TELEVISION OUTLET BOX 4S, MOUNTED +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE U.O.N. STUB 3/4" C.O.6"
_
31. ALL SWITCH LOCATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR PROVIDED AT THE SWITCH
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE FACILITY DIRECTOR PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULING
ABOVE CEILING SPACE, PROVIDE BUSHING AND PULL WIRE. IF INSTALLED IN AREA WITH EXPOSED
LOCATION PER NEC 404.2(C).
OF ANY POWER OUTAGE. SUCH PERMISSION MUST BE OBTAINED IN WRITING AND BE GRANTED AT LEAST 7 DAYS
STRUCTURE ABOVE OR HARD LID CEILING, PROVIDE 3/4" C.O. BACK TO LOCATION OF CABLE
G
GROUNDING CONNECTION AT SWITCHGEAR/DISTRIBUTION BOARD WITH NEUTRAL BONDING.
PRIOR TO ANY SCHEDULE SHUT DOWN. THE SHUT DOWN SHALL NOT EXCEED A DURATION OF 4 HOURS.
TELEVISION TERMINAL OR COMMUNICATIONS CABINET.
32. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SHARING OF NEUTRAL/GROUNDED CONDUCTORS AMONG SINGLE
-
PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS OF DIFFERENT PHASES INSTALLED IN THE SAME RACEWAY IS NOT
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE ON SITE ANY ITEMS THAT WERE DEMOLISHED FOR ANY EXTENDED PERIOD OF
'M
IN LINE UTILITY COMPANY METER
PERMITTED. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL/GROUNDED CONDUCTOR FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL BRANCH
TIME, WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE CAMPUS FACILITY DIRECTOR.
�J
CIRCUIT.
APPLICABLE CODES
5. ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS DESIGNATED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN SHALL AS PART OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK BE CLEANED
M�
UTILITY METER WITH CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CT'S) METER
33. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SEPARATE SWITCHED AND UNSWITCHED PHASE
AND TESTED, TO INSURE PROPER OPERATION. ANY ITEMS THAT FAIL TO PASS THE TEST SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE
CONDUCTOR TO ALL CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES REGARDLESS OF RECEPTACLE CONFIGURATION.
ATTENTION OF THE FIELD INSPECTOR AND THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR RESOLUTION.
1. BUILDING CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
SS
SOLID STATE DEVICE CONNECTED TO THE POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
34. BASIS OF ELECTRICAL DESIGN LIMITS VOLTAGE DROP TO 2% FOR FEEDERS AND 3% FOR BRANCH
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS, PANEL BOARDS, LIGHTING
2. PLUMBING CODE: 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
CIRCUITS. ANY CHANGES MADE IN THE FIELD SHALL LIMIT VOLTAGE DROP TO THESE PERCENTAGES.
FIXTURES, CONDUITS, WIRES AND OTHER ELECTRICAL APPARATUS DESIGNATED AS EXISTING TO BE REMOVED.
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION DEVICE CONNECTED TO THE POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
DEMOLITION ITEMS, IF NOT REQUIRED TO BE SALVAGED BY OWNER, BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR
3. MECHANICAL CODE: 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
35. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING SPACES. EXPOSED CONDUITS
AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN AN APPROPRIATE MANNER.
SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE
ARE NOT ALLOWED WHERE CONCEALED METHODS ARE AVAILABLE.
4. ELECTRICAL CODE: 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70 - 2020) INC. ANNEX A, B, AND C
7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL CONDUITS SERVING DEVICES WHICH ARE DESIGNATED AS EXISTING TO BE
36. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS REQUIRED FOR ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS
AND FEEDERS. FOR NOT REFER TO PANEL FOR CONDUCTOR AND
REMOVED, BACK TO THE SOURCE.
5. FIRE/LIFE SAFETY: 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS
F
OR/
TRANSFORMER WITH SECONDARY GROUND. REFER TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR KVA
CIRCUIT SIZES SHOWN, SCHEDULES
RATING AND GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS.
CONDUIT SIZES.
8. DEMOLITION AND/OR REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN AREAS TO BE REMODELED SHALL BE THE
6. ADA AND ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (LATEST EDITION)
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
_
37. ALL EMERGENCY CIRCUITS SHALL BE ENTIRELY INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER WIRING AND EQUIPMENT
7. ASME A17.1 SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS.
ON -SITE GENERATOR SET
AND SHALL NOT ENTER SAME RACEWAY, BOXES OR CABINETS WITH OTHER WIRING EXCEPT WHERE
9. WHERE OUTLETS ARE REMOVED IN EXISTING WALL, REMOVE DEVICES, OUTLETS AND WIRING BACK TO PANELBOARD
PROVIDED IN NEC 700.9B.
OR BACK TO NEAREST OUTLET WITH OTHER EXISTING LOAD TO REMAIN.
8. ENERGY: 2021 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE
38. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS FOR WIRING AND CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR
SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING AND CONDUITS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER TO FIXTURES AND
10. WHERE EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS ARE TO BE REMOVED AND CONDUIT IS INSTALLED IN GROUND OR
EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, REMOVE WIRE AND CUT CONDUIT TO BELOW FLOOR, PLUG CONDUIT, PATCH FLOOR AND
STAINLESS STEEL SURFACE MOUNTED WIREMOLD MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. IF POWER
AND DATA ARE SHOWN, PROVIDE WITH DUAL CHANNEL RACEWAY. WIREMOLD 4000 SERIES.
ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX
CONTROLS.
ABANDON CONDUIT.
SHEET NUMBER
SHEET NAME
39. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. ANY COSTS TO INSTALL WORK
11. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES ARE TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO SOURCE,
TO ACCOMPLISH SAID COORDINATION, WHICH DIFFERS FROM THE WORK AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT
TERMINAL CABINETS AND RACKS, PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE FOR ABANDONED JUNCTION BOXES.
EO.01
ELECTRICAL LEGENDS & NOTES
DOCUMENTS, SHALL BE INCURRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ANY DISCREPANCIES, AMBIGUITIES OR
CONFLICTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE DURING BID
12. REMOVE ALL CONTROL PANELS, EQUIPMENT RACKS, PULL -BOXES, TERMINAL CABINETS, ETC. FOR SYSTEMS TO BE
EO.02
LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
TIME FOR CLARIFICATION. ANY SUCH CONFLICTS NOT CLARIFIED PRIOR TO BID SHALL BE SUBJECT TO
DEMOLISHED EXCEPT WHERE ANY OF THE EXISTING DEVICES, SYSTEMS, CONSOLES, ETC. ARE TO BE REUSED FOR
EO.03
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
THE INTERRUPTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
UPGRADE.
E1.01
LEVEL TWO POWER &SIGNAL DEMOLITION PLAN
13. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE FOR ALL EMPTY OUTLET BOXES WHERE DEVICES AND/OR CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN
E1.02
LEVEL TWO POWER & SIGNAL REMODEL PLAN
E2.01
LEVEL TWO LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN
REMOVED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT.
E2.02
LEVEL TWO LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN
14. AFTER REMOVAL OF WIREMOLD AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS, PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT AFFECTED SURFACES TO
E3.01
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
MATCH EXISTING.
E4.01
I ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
15. EXISTING CONDUIT CAN BE REUSED PROVIDING IT IS CODE COMPLIANT, IS CHECKED FOR CONTINUITY OF GROUND,
CLEAN AND MANDREL, AND DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION.
16. REMOVALS AND REPAIRS TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION
TO MEET MINIMUM CODE REQUIREMENTS.
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PLANS AND EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB SITE AND SHALL
IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE
WORK OR BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAME.
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
ieiN w
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P
o� W
v
z
Lr
54830
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
ELECTRICAL
LEGENDS & NOTES
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: LM
DRAWN BY: BZ
SHEET NO
E0m01
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 24-220
Y
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 10 11
LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE
TYPE VOLTS WATTAGE LAMPS MOUNTING FIXTURE DESCRIPTION MFR. CATALOG # NOTES
F1 120 V 27 W LED RECESSED 2'X4' RECESSED LED FIXTURE WITH DAY-BRITE 2FGXG38L835-4-RS-UNV-DIM-S *INTEGRAL DAYLIGHT AND
3500K 0-10V DIMMING. WZCS* OCCUPANCY SENSOR FEATURE
4400 LUMENS SHALL BE ORDERED.
tgb architects
x
0
U_
J
W
U
m
a
LIGH-rING C'ONIPLIA.NCE: SUN' MAIIItl• I
1011 %N1:11- titnip,a ms. et;fGa Xt L'Offd 1cr► .,I I... 1_ IIF. Iit.], 1 •.1' I, F' : ,\ 1' it t +11 f..+ 111.1 ,111 R.I
'1.1111inl+ttr:d t 1 2"- 124 NVI'A. All ni.:hl+ -v- ^, cd
Prlllect & Applicunt
Iuturnlutwllt
Prtg'►trl
li:lta•.11ir.11 Ht:111h - : I 'J1 Sh(
FU1 Hnil,lini I>\IClrr-. rr 1 . (I�Iltl': Sep� ZU2�
Print- l %ddtcst
:t'n1 "61h.l\c tis.
Za)
Fdinle dot, WA 9006
lipplitunt Nnmr
llcthlehern Zee as
lipplirant Phr►nc
2t►E A19-111N
%pplicant 1_mafl
bethlria-mile arm doom
1.X 14�>•ttl} Pub►.t Ih1• ry Yt, clont"t :N%Wf(• C4 @I M-7:/1 TCtfinrcrtl soamod M i/r1►-wa.$)IItI W vis gnarl :11 : Urn r..11.0 t1r1 O •n 1,7n� •\r:u , r;r
Gascrul (kc �
All ("urnrrtl:rt:ial
Grarral 8"ding Use
1tY►:e M.-.h.:,l
BuildialL (urd fluwr .krca
X146
(:a7►rtul Pt+jrct TIp►%
Altrrt♦_ws1
Ntvo Rulldlft of
Wditiull
I.i=l►tia•� �. ,r
thvratinri
I *hting `cnpc
1 10:1111 1.16tc1:
Pro{ect ( Find, FUlor %rva
3.146
1-L►ur• %I►utc Grade
2
t nrnpll_rnct Nethtld
Cicticral Pntsctiptitte
1_irhting Prvjrtt
IM1►rri Iilln
l4ghting ( umphancc
Pn)tc(t I l pr
Interior ! E►ttrim
. I rk low lwdode boat twlalalr
t.0 ni"lne ReVlwerncat Sc*W
M
( bpllance %lelhod
I.P.♦ ( HICULtil►u
compliancrr
�`bf'r
is postural
l tljor.lm. nl
%`►Ir1AtnM
li
:Ind 1lethlyd
Altulr► ll
Intriitur LogbintyI:>►
ttt.0 _1:^ , 1: 11uti1
�� L .:;uWu1n. wtu,:u1• alluti\ra
COMR.IFsi
Aoddirsmal Eatrrgy
LIndtae) (AEC
No l..Zt111inF LA c11MIJIu1 a.18111,11u1 cu:r. 1 cflic►. 0. ,
I.aad %lanal;emenl i 1.111i) 1 %ltasurm Included
No lip11ttlr @ or c11i1rit:al hied martytcinem nicasLets In:luded inprupct
roe Meaos llinkMed
r»tx urv. irw llwial ,- pngsl
Fdnsnnds Stevens Rehstiorsl Health - 24121 %%SIF
ate
%lcp .10, 2412.4
1_10tiag Power Calculation
ALTERATION - INTERIOR LIGHTING Wss th m 201% replscW)
SIEMENS
lulupli:+net rrttic:+tl1►n
( t ►NI1'I IL
Inttrulr I i ►htin • PFimvr klluwanry
Specer
i•aiNing I kehtint; NaUal;r Prior In Ahur"falle
Lltsl Ualla 4I111wtr
�~�+ dus
(nmpliao►rI Yalu•
Existing Lirhttru
41-1
1"
�: 1t•r I'I II
Fripolowd Lichlbs hwtK
1.11awre Type
Fieture ID
Uuaatict ut
I i•lurc% IAF-1
N mh or
lWatture t_ituit
prr Fitttrry
INp{'1
Total ILcar
Fell (1 FI
%sit:* per 1_11ltic
F.Id (NpI.F)
lath N.ns
Proposed
1OF i<'ApF►ur
LLF � V�pLi-I
ladhiftel Flstwes
I nvYcr
F I
I ,v
reo vwtl I i.11 I : I,
IRS
P'r jwt Tittle
Fdnsonds Stevens Rehsiiorsl Health - 24121 %% sF l Date
ticp .jll, 2022.111
Proposed Flstures Details
ALTERATION - INTERIOR UGHTIhG (kss thtll120% rtlQlttic+lidl
► it lure I ill 1 1111livst►un
Fisturlr ID
1 :: ration in It'll arr►1111%
1 : 111 1 111poot Nrn .r I lhtlll `-t a. It. ni: i1i
Indldu�) thtrres
I r t o t
FI
•11. , 1
t F!7 f�icu.
1 it>oure Desc : 2X4 LIED RmvsW I roffer Am Itkw f, lA1rts to oin a da', III:M rur►e I: ves. c ortri-I • -r } .'
I a li hA friar 11c+tsliunla'r Sidelil tbvli ck "i-,1 imam :rroy'tK wclrrolrwv? himrnin mat}.>.I 1 ;1-I nuntr, lhrnrnin
Do dww fixturrs require qw& applocatalco lilt►r.1rg tutitnois'': Mork requircA
LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE NOTES
1. THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE INDICATES GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND MANUFACTURERS CATALOG NUMBERS. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT CEILING
CONFIGURATION AND PROVIDE THE FIXTURES WITH ALL NECESSARY TRIMS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE SO THAT BOTH THE CEILING SYSTEM AND THE FIXTURE CONSTRUCTION MATCHES. PROVIDE SEISMIC HANGERS AS REQUIRED.
2. IT SHALL BE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND TYPE OF CEILING WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PRIOR TO ANY WORK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PRIOR TO ANY WORK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION DRAWING FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES.
3. A JUNCTION BOX MUST BE PROVIDED WITH ALL EXIT LIGHTS CONNECTED TO MORE THAN ONE SET OF CONDUCTORS UNLESS THE EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE IS FURNISHED WITH AN APPROVED OUTLET BOX FOR THROUGH WIRING.
4. LIGHTING FIXTURE WIRING FOR ROOMS CONTROLLED BY MORE THAN ONE LIGHT SWITCH SHALL BE ARRANGED SO THAT THE OUTSIDE LAMPS ON EACH FIXTURE ARE CONTROLLED BY ONE SWITCH AND THE INSIDE LAMPS BY THE
OTHER TO PROVIDE MULTI -LEVELS OF ILLUMINATION.
5. ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ELECTRONIC BALLASTS, MANUFACTURER PER SPECIFICATIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL.
6. BATTERY PACK EMERGENCY TEST SWITCHES SHALL BE INTEGRAL TO LIGHT FIXTURE. COORDINATION OF SWITCH LOCATION IS REQUIRED WITH DESIGN TEAM IF INTEGRAL INSTALLATION IS NOT POSSIBLE.
7. FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS EMERGENCY SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK CAPABLE OF POWERING TWO T8 LAMPS FOR 90 MINUTES WITH A TOTAL LIGHT OUTPUT OF 1100 LUMENS OR ONE F13 BIAX FOR 90 MINUTES
WITH A TOTAL LIGHT OUTPUT OF 520 LUMENS.
8. ALL COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS SHALL BE HIGH POWER FACTOR. ALL TRIPLE TUBE COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS INSTALLED INDOORS SHALL HAVE INSTANT ON TECHNOLOGY.
9. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MOUNTING HARDWARE ANCHORAGE AND SUPPORTS TO INSTALL LIGHTING FIXTURES.
10. PROVIDE SWIVEL BASE AND STEMS. LENGTHS AS REQUIRED TO MOUNT THE PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES. THE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH TITLE 24 SEISMIC AND APPLICABLE UBC REQUIREMENTS.
11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE LIGHTING SYSTEM AS PART OF THIS BUILDING CONTRACT.
12. FOR SUSPENDED AND SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES, THE PRODUCT OF ICP NEED NOT EXCEED 12 FOR ANY VALUE OF 1.
13. LED LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IES, NFPA, UL, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS SPECIFIED.
14. LED LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE REDUCTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (ROHS)-COMPLIANT.
15. LED DRIVERS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
'MINIMUM EFFICIENCY: 85% AT FULL LOAD.
'MINIMUM OPERATING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: -20 DEG C. (4 DEG F.)
-INPUT VOLTAGE: 120 - 277V (±10%) AT 60 HZ.
-INTEGRAL SHORT CIRCUIT, OPEN CIRCUIT, AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION.
-POWER FACTOR: >=0.95.
-TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: <=20%.
-COMPLY WITH FCC 47 CFR PART 15.
16. LED MODULES SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
'COMPLY WITH IES LM-79 AND LM-80 REQUIREMENTS.
'MINIMUM CRI 80 AND COLOR TEMPERATURE 4000K UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.
'MINIMUM RATED LIFE: 50,000 HOURS PER IES L70.
'LIGHT OUTPUT LUMENS AS INDICATED IN THE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.
17. LED DOWNLIGHTS:
.HOUSING, LED DRIVER, AND LED MODULE SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
18. LED TROFFERS:
-LED DRIVERS, MODULES, AND REFLECTOR SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE, SERVICEABLE, AND REPLACEABLE FROM BELOW THE CEILING.
'HOUSING, LED DRIVER, AND LED MODULE SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P
wAS�I���
54830
I S T E�
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
LUMINAIRE
SCHEDULE
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: LM
DRAWN BY: BZ
a
1"
v
to
O
0
v
(V
O
(V
CD
1
WSEC COMPLIANCE FORM 1
2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11
SHEET NO
EOmO2
24-220
1
..
0
U_
w
0
U
m
2
LOAD SU 1,11.IARY
EXISTING LIAIN SWITCHBOARD' Ikl
1 EXISTING LOAD- I. KW)
2 KW TO KVA (0.813F)
3 +25=: EXIST LOAD PER NEC 220.87
4 PANEL 'D' NEW LOADS
3
I[�7�II�L�[�7:TII:Tl1i�.9
129920
361
32460
90
40E00
113
5476
15
TOTAL LOAD INCLUDING NEC DEI%1AND FACTORS: 208476 579
208Y120V 3PH 4W
EXISTING SWITCHBOARD RATED-. 1200
'EXISTING LOAD BASED ON PEAK DE1,IAND FR01' 1 YR. UTILITY I,IETERING HISTORY
4
5
LOAD CALCULATIONS
MOUNTING: SURFACE
FED FROM: (E) MAIN SWBD 'MDP'
NEMA: EXISTING
AIC RATING: EXISTING
N T P
O Y °
T E E
E DESCRIPTION E S
AMP
AWG DIS
/PH T
V.D.
% C.
PANEL
v
(EXISTING)
LOCATION:
A B
C
V.D. DIS AWG
C. % T /PH
VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V 3PH 4W
BUS: 225 A
MAIN: M.L.O.
FEEDER: EXISTING
P T
Y
E E
AMP S E DESCRIPTION
N
0
T
E
1
EAST HALL LIGHTS
1
20 A
32'
0.44
1
500
500
2
0.5
36'
20 A
1
HALL OUTLETS
1
1
EAST HALL OUTLETS
1
20 A
31'
0.43
3
500
1200
4
11.17
35'
20 A
1
DW 253
1
1
CLEAN ROOM 231
1
20 A
30'
0.42
5
500
1200
6
1.14
34'
20 A
1
INSTAHOT 253
1
1
EXAM RM 233
1
20 A
30'
0.98
7
1200
800
8
0.74
33'
20 A
1
DISPOSAL 253
1
1
EXAM RM 234
1
20 A
29'
0.96
9
1200
1200
10
1.09
33'
20 A
1
MICRO 253
1
1
EXAM RM 236
1
20 A
28'
0.93
11
1200
1000
12
0.89
32'
20 A
1
COUNTER OUTLETS 253
1
1
EXAM RM 236
1
20 A
27'
0.45
13
600
500
14
0.43
31'
20 A
1
OFFICE 256 OUTLETS
1
1
EXAM RM 238
1
20 A
26'
0.88
15
1200
500
16
0.42
30'
20 A
1
OFFICE 256 OUTLETS
1
1
EXAM ROOM LIGHTING
1
20 A
26'
0.36
17
1
500
1000
18
0.82
30'
20 A
1
LOUNGE 253 OUTLETS
1
1
UWMC HALL LIGHTING
1
20 A
25'
0.35
19
500
1 1200
20
0.96
29'
20 A
1
HALL COPIER AREA
1
1
UWMC WEST LIGHTING
1
20 A
24'
0.33
21
500
1200
22
0.94
28'
20 A
1
OFFICE 257 OUTLETS
1
1
LCL EAST CLOSET
1
20 A
23'
0.32
23
500
1200
24
0.91
27'
20 A
1
EXAM RM 237-239 OUTLETS
1
1
SUBPANEL C1
3
1A
23'
0.01
25
167
600
26
0.44
27'
20 A
1
CLEAN ROOM OUTLET
1
167
250
.28
0.07
26'
30 A
2
HEAT PUMP 3
1
29
167
250
30
1
HEAT PUMP 1
2
25 A
22'
0.06
250
250
32
0.07
25'
25 A
2
HEAT PUMP 4
1
33
250
250
34
1
HEAT PUMP 2
2
25 A
21'
0.06
35
250
250
36
0.07
24'
25 A
2
HEAT PUMP 4
1
37
250
250
81
1
FIELD SPARE ROOM 257
1
20 A
20'
0.99
39
1800
10
40
0
24'
20 A
2
BATHROOM HEAT
1
1
UWMC NORTH LIGHTING
1
20 A
19'
0.26
41
500
10
42
SUBTOTALS
7567 VA
10227 VA
8527 VA
DEMAND FACTORS:
LOAD TYPE
(L) LIGHTING
(R) RECEPTACLES
(M) MOTOR
LARGEST MOTOR
(C) CONTINOUS
(N) NON-CONTINOUS
(K) KITCHEN (NEC 220.56)
(S) SPECIAL DEMAND
EXISTING LOAD
TOTALS
CONNECTED
VA
0 W
26320 VA
26320 VA
DEMAND
FACTOR
1.25
NEC 220.44
1.25
0.25
1.25
1.00
0.65
1.00
NEC 220.87
DEMAND
VA
0 W
26320 VA
26320 VA
DEMAND
AMPS
O A
73 A
SUBTOTAL
PHASE
NOTES:
1. EXISTING BREAKER,
EXISTING LOAD
7567 VA
A
10227 VA
B
8527 VA
C
26320 VA
TOTAL
73 A
AMPS
TOTAL AMPS AT 208Y/120V 3PH 4W WITH LCL: 73 A
K
6
XISTIN
I
L
7 8
1200A 208Y/120V 30 4W MAIN SWITCHBOARD
F_ 1200A 7
UGPS 1 2
V
I
(E) (E) (E)
1200A I IGnn �Gnn I
3P
G
125 Y 125 Y
4
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
MOUNTING: SURFACE
FED FROM: (E) MAIN SWBD 'MDP'
NEMA: EXISTING
AIC RATING: EXISTING
N T
O Y
T E
E DESCRIPTION E
P
0
E
S AMP
AWG DIS
/PH T
V.D.
% C.
PANEL
D
(EXISTING)
LOCATION: 2ND FLR ELEC. RM
A B C
V.D. DIS AWG
C. % T /PH
VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V 3PH 4W
BUS: 225 A
MAIN: M.L.O.
FEEDER: EXISTING
P T
0 Y
E E
AMP S E DESCRIPTION
N
O
T
E
1
RECEPT - ECHO AREA 214
1
20 A
35'
0.39
1
400
500
2
0.45
33'
20 A
1
RECEPT - MAYO CART, IV CART,...
1
1
DED RECEPT - ECHO AREA 214
11120
A
34'
0.48
3
500
600
4
10.53
32'
1
120 A
1
1
BENCH RECEPTS - LAB 211
1
1
DED RECEPT - ECHO AREA 214
1
20 A
34'
0.47
5
500
500
6
0.29
31'
20 A
2
EXISTING LOAD
1
1
RECEPT - WAITING AREA, TOILET...
1
20 A
33'
0.91
7
1000
500
8
1
RECEPT - READ AREA 212
1
20 A
32'
0.89
9
1000
400
10
0.34
30'
20 A
1
RECEPT - ECHO MACHINE - HALL...
1
1
RECEPT - READ AREA 212
1
20 A
31'
1.04
11
1
1200
400
12
0.33
30'
20 A
1
RECEPT - ECHO MACHINE - HALL...
1
1
LTS-EXAM
1
20 A
31'
0.85
13
1000
800
14
0.64
29'
20 A
1
RECEPT - TOUCHDOWN AREA 221
1
1
LTS-OFFICES NORTH
1
20 A
30'
0.41
15
500
800
16
0.63
28'
20 A
1
RECEPT - TOUCHDOWN AREA 221
1
1
LTS-CORRIDOR NORTH
1
20 A
29'
0.24
17
300
800
18
0.61
27'
20 A
1
RECEPT - TOUCHDOWN AREA 221
1
1
LTS-RECEPTION AND CORRIDOR
1
20 A
28'
0.78
19
1000
1144
20
1"
1.31
159'
#8
15 A
2
M
HP-1
2
1
LTS-SUPPORT
1
20 A
27'
0.76
21
1000
1144
22
1
RECEPT - RECEPTION AREA 201
1
20 A
26'
0.73
23
1000
1144
24
1"
1.39
168'
#8
15 A
2
M
HP-2
2
1
RECEPT - RECEPTION AREA 201
1
20 A
26'
0.57
25
800
1144
26
1
RECEPT - RECEPTION AREA 201
1
20 A
1
25'
0.55
27
800
180
1
28
0.87
175'
20 A
1
EXTERIOR OUTLET
2
2
RECEPT - IS ROOM
1
20 A
140'
1.4
291
360
360
30
1.39
139'
20 A
1
RECEPT - IS ROOM
2
SPARE
--
1
20 A
--
--
0
--
31
0
800
32
0.59
27'
20 A
1
RECEPT - TREADMILL 213
1
SPARE
--
1
20 A
--
--
0
--
33
0
800
34
0.58
26'
20 A
1
RECEPT - TREADMILL 213
1
SPARE
--
2
25 A
--
--
0
--
0
550
0.15
25'
25 A
2
208V RECEPT - TREADMILL 213
1
37
0
550
36
SPARE
--
2
25 A
--
--
0
__
49
0
550
0.15
24'
25 A
2
208V RECEPT - TREADMILL 213
1
0
550
42
SUBTOTALS
9638 VA
8274 VA 7664 VA
DEMAND FACTORS: CONNECTED
LOAD TYPE VA
(L) LIGHTING
(R) RECEPTACLES
(M) MOTOR 4576 VA
LARGEST MOTOR
(C) CONTINOUS ow
(N) NON-CONTINOUS 21000 VA
(K) KITCHEN (NEC 220.56)
(S) SPECIAL DEMAND
EXISTING LOAD
TOTALS 25576 VA
DEMAND
FACTOR
1.25
NEC 220.44
1.25
0.25
1.25
1.00
0.65
1.00
NEC 220.87
DEMAND
VA
4576 VA
ow
21000 VA
25576 VA
DEMAND
AMPS
13 A
O A
58 A
SUBTOTAL
PHASE
NOTES:
1. EXISTING BREAKER,
2. NEW BREAKER,
NEW
EXISTING LOAD
LOAD
9638 VA
A
8274 VA
B
7664 VA
C
25576 VA
TOTAL
71 A
AMPS
TOTAL AMPS AT 208Y/120V 3PH 4W WITH LCL: 71 A
10 11
GENERAL NOTES
1. REFER TO 'GENERAL NOTES' ON ELECTRICAL LEGENDS AND
NOTES SHEET FOR WIRING METHODS, MATERIALS, AND tgb
REQUIREMENTS. architects
2. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL UPDATE ALL MODIFIED PANEL DIRECTORIES
OR CREATE A NEW TYPED DIRECTORY, IF ONE DOES NOT EXIST,
IDENTIFYING EACH CIRCUIT AND INSTALLED CIRCUIT LOADS,
MOUNTED IN GLASS OR PLASTIC INSIDE DOOR. THE CONTRACTOR t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UPDATING DIRECTORIES TO f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
INDICATE ALL NEW CIRCUITS AND ACTUAL AREA SERVED WHICH IS
NOT NECESSARILY THE DESCRIPTION INDICATED ON THE BID info@tgbarchitects.com
DOCUMENTS. USE A COMPUTER OR TYPEWRITER TO CREATE www.tgbarchitects.com
DIRECTORY; HANDWRITTEN DIRECTORIES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
PANEL SCHEDULES 12
9 10
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
eiN Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL - ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P
�O OF W ASYI�rt
CID
L
54830
GIST
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
SINGLE LINE
DIAGRAM
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: LM
DRAWN BY: BZ
SHEET NO
EOmO3
Pa
3
4
5
6
7
8
111 24-220
Y
x
0
U_
J
01
a
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 3 4 5
9 10
GENERAL NOTES
1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEGENDS AND NOTES SHEET FOR
ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION NOTES.
2. CONTRACTOR IS TO USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN STARTING THE
DEMOLITION WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THEIR DUE
DILIGENCE IN SOURCE TRACING ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT,
DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUITS ENTERING AND LEAVING THIS AREA.
CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL CONDUITS WITH THEIR SOURCE
LOCATION IF CONDUITS ARE TO REMAIN. ANY CIRCUITS BEING
REMOVED SHALL HAVE ITS SOURCE CORRECTLY LABELED AS
'SPARE' AND SAFE -OFF CIRCUIT BREAKER. ANY CIRCUITS THAT
REMAIN ARE TO BE REDLINED AND ADDED TO AS-BUILTS.
7 s
11
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL o ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P.
of wash
r� I,
CID
Lr
54830
GISTEg��
�lSIGNAL E��S
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
LEVEL TWO
POWER & SIGNAL
DEMOLITION PLAN
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER: 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: LM
DRAWN BY: BZ
Lp
co
O
0
v
(V
O
(V
CD
NORTH
® ® SHEET NO El mOl
LEVEL TWO POWER & SIGNAL DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" i
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
24-220
..
-71
CD
LL
w
0
U I
m I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES
O PROVIDE AND INSTALL 2P NEMA 1 MOTOR RATED SNAP SWITCH.
1. COORDINATE POWER AND DATA DEVICE LOCATIONS, AND DEVICE
PLATE COLOR WITH ARCHITECT. O INDOOR UNIT POWERED BY OUTDOOR UNIT.
2. NO PIPING, DUCTS OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL O PROVIDE (1) 1" C.O. FOR CONTROL WIRING FROM INDOOR UNIT
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED WITHIN A TO OUTDOOR UNIT.
SPACE EXTENDING FROM FLOOR TO A HEIGHT OF 6' ABOVE THE
EQUIPMENT. NEC 110.26(E)1. 40 MAKE FINAL POWER CONNECTION TO MECHANICAL UNIT
MANUFACTURER PROVIDED MOTOR STARTERS.
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
(2� 3 4 (5) 7 6
I I I I I I
F
30AS D _28
15AT
gb architects
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
16N110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL ° ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P
wAS�I� IL
CID
54830 �'
GISTEg��
�ls�SIONAL E��S
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH /PERMIT /BID
SET
LEVEL TWO
POWER &SIGNAL
REMODEL PLAN
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORMATION
JECT NUMBER:
PROJECT LEAD:
DRAWN BY:
NORTH
®® SHEET NO El m02
D
EVEL TWO POWER & SIGNAL REMODEL PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
24-220
LM
BZ
24-220
Y
x
0
J
01
a
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8 9 10 11
GENERAL NOTES
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL LEGENDS AND NOTES SHEET FOR
() CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO
ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION NOTES.
NEW SPACE.
2. CONTRACTOR IS TO USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN STARTING THE
DEMOLITION WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THEIR DUE
DILIGENCE IN SOURCE TRACING ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT,
DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUITS ENTERING AND LEAVING THIS AREA.
CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL CONDUITS WITH THEIR SOURCE
LOCATION IF CONDUITS ARE TO REMAIN. ANY CIRCUITS BEING
REMOVED SHALL HAVE ITS SOURCE CORRECTLY LABELED AS
'SPARE' AND SAFE -OFF CIRCUIT BREAKER. ANY CIRCUITS THAT
REMAIN ARE TO BE REDLINED AND ADDED TO AS-BUILTS.
I
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
16N110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P
wAS�I� IL
CID
54830
GISTEg��
I0NAL E��S
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
LEVEL TWO
LIGHTING
DEMOLITION PLAN
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER:
PROJECT LEAD:
DRAWN BY:
NORTH
®® SHEET NO E2mOl
LEVEL TWO LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
24-220
LM
BZ
24-220
Y
-71
x
0
LL-
J
01
a
Cl)
Lp
O
0
v
(V
O
(V
CD
2
3
�2
4
3
5
6
T 4
7
8
9 1 10 11
GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1. COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND LIGHT SWITCH 1O PRIMARY DAYLIT AREA PER WSEC SECTION C405.2.4. LIGHT FIXTURE IN
LOCATIONS, COLOR, AND STYLE WITH ARCHITECT. DAYLIT AREA SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL DAYLIGHT SENSOR, SEE LUMINAIRE
SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION.
2. WHERE OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS, VERIFY O WATTAGE AND COVERAGE OF PRODUCT PROVIDED IS ADEQUATE REUSE EXISTING CIRCUIT IN SPACE FOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE.
FOR SPACE TO BE CONTROLLED. COVERAGE IS TO BE ADJUSTED
TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OUTSIDE OF AREA. VERIFY
WIRING REQUIREMENTS TO ADDITIONAL SENSORS, ROOM
CONTROLLERS, RELAY PACKS, ETC WITH PRODUCT BEING
PROVIDED. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL NOT BE LOCATED t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
WITHIN FOUR FEET OF ANY HVAC DIFFUSER. f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
3. WHERE DAYLIGHT SENSORS ARE SHOWN ON PLANS, LOCATION info@tgbarchitects.com
SHOWN IS DIAGRAMMATICAL. VERIFY LOCATION IS PER www.tgbarchitects.com
MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON TYPE OF
SENSOR (OPEN/CLOSED LOOP). VERIFY WIRING REQUIREMENTS
TO ADDITIONAL SENSORS, ROOM CONTROLLERS, RELAY PACKS,
ETC WITH PRODUCT BEING PROVIDED.
4. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DETAILS FOR WIRING AND CONDUIT
REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING AND
CONDUITS REQUIRE BY MANUFACTURER TO FIXTURES AND
CONTROLS.
5. FINAL MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF ALL OCCUPANCY AND
PHOTOCELL DEVICES SHALL COORDINATED WITH
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND FIELD ADJUSTED
WITH REPRESENTATIVE AS NECESSARY.
T 7
T 6
I I AREA I I
I I 210 I I
gb architects
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL ° ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P.
of wash
r� I,
CID
Lr
54830
STEg��
10NAL
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID
SET
LEVEL TWO
LIGHTING
REMODEL PLAN
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER:
PROJECT LEAD:
DRAWN BY:
NORTH
®®
SHEET NO
24-220
LM
BZ
LEVEL TWO LIGHTING REMODEL PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" . E2mO2
10 11 24-220
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Y
-71
0
J
W
U
. In
a
Q
Cl)
Lp
CO
O
0
v
N
O
(V
O
M
1
3
O O u O
2
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
O DENOTES FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRE (MINIMUM #10) FROM LUMINARIE ATTACHED TO BUILDING STRUCTURE
O DENOTES RECESSED INCANDESCENT, FLUORESCENT OR H.I.D. DOWNLIGHT.
O DENOTES T-BAR CEILING SYSTEM BY OTHERS.
DOWN LIGHT FIXTURE IN T-BAR
1
NOTE: PROVIDE FIXTURE SUPPORT
WIRES AT ALL 4 CORNERS OF FIXTURES
IF FIXTURE DOES NOT REST ON TWO
MAIN RUNNERS AT OPPOSITE ENDS OF
FIXTURE.
# 12 AWG STEEL SLACK SUPPORT
WIRE TO STRUCTURAL MEMBER 2
WIRES REQUIRED/FIXTURE.
I
I
CEILING TILE SCREW CLIP TO LIGHT
FIXTURE (TYPICAL 2
EACH END).
GENERAL NOTES:
CEILING GRID.
1. REFER TO ARCHITECHURAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF CEILING AND TILE
SYSTEM.
LIGHTING FIXTURE SUSPENSION
2
G. FEED
a° ° •' .4 a• ° , " ° PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL MOUNDED DISCONNECT_
• ,
° d -ENCLOSURETYRF�IND,81ZED,PERPLAN-VERIFY_
°
REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'FOR, a. .
fJNIT L"OCATION AND EXACT, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENfiS
PROVIDE EQUIPMENT PEP ELEOTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
a"
° 2
d
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
O MECHANICAL UNIT L FLOOR
O SEALTITE WEATHERPROOF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTION.
MECHANICAL UNIT DISCONNECT
3
tgb architects
t 425.778.1530 21911 76th Ave W. Ste 210
f 425.774.7803 Edmonds WA 98026
info@tgbarchitects.com
www.tgbarchitects.com
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
ieiN110 James St., Suite 106
Edmonds, WA 98020
Phone: 425.458.9700
Fax: 909.890.3770
Email: cadd@designwesteng.com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL - ENERGY CONSULTANTS
gD P
�� of wash,
rVv I,
CID
Lr
54830 �
GISTV, w
�lSIGNAL E��S
09/30/2024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOP
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PE
SET
RMIT / BID
ELECTRICAL
DETAILS
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT NUMBER:
PROJECT LEAD:
DRAWN BY:
SHEET NO
E3mOl
24-220
LM
BZ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
24-220
1 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 6 7 1 8 9 I 10 11
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Y
x
0
sL
J
In
0
In
Q
a
Q5
v
m
v
"
O
N
r-
N
m
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. WORK COVERED BY THIS SECTION CONSISTS OF FURNISHING ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND MATERIALS,
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AND IN PERFORMING ALL OPERATIONS NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A
COMPLETE AND OPERABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN A MANNER TO BE FULLY COGNIZANT OF
ALL WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION.
C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS UNLESS OTHERWISE ARRANGED AND
SCHEDULE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT.
1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. WORK DONE UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NEC (NATIONAL ELECTRICAL
CODE), AND TO ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN
REQUIREMENT, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE SHALL APPLY.
1.03 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK THE DRAWINGS OF THE OTHER TRADES AND SHALL CAREFULLY READ THE ENTIRE
SPECIFICATIONS AND DETERMINE HIS RESPONSIBILITIES.
B. BEFORE SUBMITTING THE BID, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FULLY ACQUAINT
HIMSELF WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL THE EQUIPMENT
AND ASSOCIATED WIRING IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO CONFORM WITH THE EXISTING STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING,
AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, AND MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS.
C. THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS IS TO DESCRIBE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. WHERE EXISTING
CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM DRAWINGS, ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE MADE AND ALLOWANCES INCLUDED FOR ALL
NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO COMPLETE ALL PARTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. BRING ANY QUESTIONS
TO THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO BIDDING.
D. WHEREVER A DISCREPANCY IN QUANTITY OR SIZE OF CONDUIT, WIRE, EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS,
ETC., ARISES ON THE DRAWING AND/OR SPECIFICATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING
AND INSTALLING ALL MATERIAL AND SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE STRICTEST CONDITION NOTED ON DRAWINGS
AND/OR IN SPECIFICATIONS TO ENSURE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY THE OWNER AND
ENGINEER.
1.04 WORK NOT INCLUDED
A. CERTAIN LABOR, MATERIALS, OR EQUIPMENT MAY BE FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS BY THE OWNER. WHEN
SUCH IS THE CASE, THE EXTENT, SOURCE, AND DESCRIPTION OF THESE ITEMS WILL BE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS
OR DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR
THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THESE
SPECIFICATIONS.
1.05 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. THE DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF CIRCUITS, OUTLETS, LOCATIONS OF MOTOR CONTROLLERS
WITH DISCONNECTS, PANELBOARDS, CONDUIT ROUTING, AND OTHER WORK. INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE
DRAWINGS IS ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC; HOWEVER, RECIRCUITING OR RELOCATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WILL
NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT AND BEFORE ANY MATERIALS ARE DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE, A COMPLETE LIST
OF ALL MATERIALS PROPOSED TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION MUST BE PROVIDED.
B. SUBMIT TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL ONE PRINT AND ONE REPRODUCIBLE OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES,
SWITCHGEAR, PANELBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, TRANSFORMERS, AND MOTOR STARTERS. SHOP
DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INFORMATION FOR EACH OF THESE ITEMS IDENTIFIED ON THE
DRAWINGS. THE INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE, AS MINIMUM, OVERALL DIMENSIONS, WEIGHT, PHASE, VOLTAGE
RATINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, AND NAMEPLATE DATA.
1.07 STANDARDS AND MATERIALS
A. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM WITH THE CURRENT APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS, NEMA (NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION), ANSI (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE), IPCEA (INSULATED
POWER CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION), IEEE (INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS), NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE.
B. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED, OR
CERTIFIED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY.
C. WORKMANSHIP AND NEAT APPEARANCE SHALL BE AS IMPORTANT AS THE ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY.
DEFECTIVE AND DAMAGED MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL AND
ACCEPTANCE. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE WHEN THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT THAN
CODES, STATUTES, OR ORDINANCES IN EFFECT. APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, ORDINANCES, AND STATUTES TAKE
PRECEDENCE WHEN THEY ARE MORE STRINGENT OR CONFLICT WITH THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS.
1.08 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE EACH SPACE IN THE BUILDING THROUGH WHICH EQUIPMENT MUST PASS TO
REACH ITS FINAL LOCATIONS. IF NECESSARY, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHIP HIS MATERIAL IN
SECTIONS, SIZED TO PERMIT PASSING THROUGH SUCH RESTRICTED AREAS IN THE BUILDING.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN IN HIS POSSESSION AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PORTABLE AND
DETACHABLE PARTS OF PORTIONS OF INSTALLATIONS SUCH AS FUSES, KEY LOCKS, ADAPTERS, BLOCKING CLIPS, AND
INSERTS UNTIL FINAL COMPLETION OF WORK. THESE PARTS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION
OF THE WORK.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. ALL MATERIALS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW, FREE FROM DEFECTS, AND
SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. SHOULD ANY
TROUBLE DEVELOP DURING THEIR PERIOD DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS AND LABOR TO CORRECT THE TROUBLE WITHOUT ANY
COST TO THE OWNER. ANY DEFECTIVE MATERIAL OR INFERIOR WORKMANSHIP NOTED AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION
SHALL BE CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER.
B. ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, ADDRESS, MODEL NUMBER, AND
SERIAL NUMBER PERMANENTLY ATTACHED IN A CONSPICUOUS MANNER.
2.02 CONDUIT
A. PROVIDE RACEWAYS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. CONDUITS SHALL BE RIGID STEEL
"GRC" (THICK WALL) GALVANIZED; ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING "EMIT" (THIN WALL); FLEXIBLE STEEL, GALVANIZED;
LIQUID -TIGHT, FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH GROUND BOND; ALUMINUM CONDUIT; OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC.
B. ALL EMPTY CONDUITS (CO) SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING.
C. WHERE CONDUIT CROSSES AN EXPANSION JOINT, PROVIDE APPROVED FITTINGS WHICH ALLOW DEFLECTIONS
EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE MOVEMENT ALLOWED BY THE DESIGN.
2.03 CONDUCTORS
A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND THEN
HEREIN SPECIFIED.
B. LIGHTING AND POWER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, 600 VOLT, TYPE THWN/THHN, NO. 12 MINIMUM UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
C. CONTROL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600V, TYPE THWN/THHN, NO.14 MINIMUM SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2.04 FITTINGS
A. CONNECTOR, COUPLING, LOCKNUT, BUSHINGS AND CAPS USED WITH RIGID CONDUIT SHALL BE STEEL, THREADED
AND GALVANIZED. BUSHINGS SHALL BE INSULATED.
B. EMT FITTINGS, CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL BE STEEL, ZINC, OR CADMIUM PLATED, COMPRESSION TYPE,
WITH INSULATED THROAT.
C. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT CONNECTORS SHALL BE TWIST -IN -TYPE WITH INSULATED THROAT. THE FINISH SHALL BE
ZINC OR CADMIUM PLATING.
D. EMT CONDUIT FITTINGS SHALL BE THE COMPRESSION TYPE; SET SCREW FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE USED.
2.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A. FOR INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS, BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED ONE-PIECE DRAWN STEEL, KNOCKOUT TYPE WITH
REMOVABLE, MACHINE SCREW SECURED COVERS.
B. ALL BOXES SHALL BE SIZED FOR THE NUMBER AND SIZES OF CONDUCTORS AND CONDUITS ENTERING THE BOX AND
EQUIPPED WITH PLASTER RINGS WHERE REQUIRED.
2.06 OUTLET BOXES
A. FOR FIXTURES, BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ONE-PIECE DRAWN STEEL, KNOCKOUT TYPE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8"
FIXTURE STUDS AND PLASTER RINGS WHERE REQUIRED.
B. FOR CONVENIENCE OUTLETS, WALL SWITCHES, OR OTHER DEVICES, OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED
ONE-PIECE DRAWN STEEL, KNOCKOUT TYPE 4"X4"X1-1/2" MINIMUM.
C. FOR LOCATIONS WHERE STANDARD BOXES ARE NOT SUITABLE, SPECIAL BOXES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO FIT SPACE OR
MEET OTHER REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL.
2.07 SWITCHES
A. ALL DEVICES SHALL CONFORM TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (NEMA) STANDARDS AND
SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC., (UL) LISTED AND LABELED AND SHALL BE "SPECIFICATION GRADE,"
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATION WS-896-E, FOR SWITCHES.
1. WALL SWITCHES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION COMMERCIAL GRADE (MINIMUM), FULLY ENCLOSED, QUIET -TYPE TUMBLER
SWITCHES RATED 20 AMPERES, 120/277-VOLT, BAKELITE OR COMPOSITION, BACK AND SIDE WIRED, BUMPER PAD, FULL
RATING FOR INDUCTIVE OR NON -INDUCTIVE LOADS AND INCANDESCENT OR FLUORESCENT LIGHTING LOADS.
2. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: G.E. 59511, HUBBELL #1221, ARROW #1991 OR PASS & SEYMOUR 20AC1.
3. THREE-WAY QUIET SWITCHES: G.E. 59531, HUBBELL #1223, ARROW #1993 OR PASS& SEYMOUR 20AC3.
4. WALL SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHTS SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED COMBINATION WALL TYPE WITH SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHT
EQUIPPED WITH A 6-WATT, 125-VOLT CANDELABRA BASE LAMP. THE PILOT LIGHT SHALL HAVE A GREEN JEWEL WITH
BRASS RIM FLUSH MOUNTED IN THE WALL PLATE.
5. ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURE.
6. NORMAL SWITCH COLOR IS WHITE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT/OWNER. SWITCHES CONTROLLING CIRCUITS CONNECTED
TO EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE SHALL BE RED.
7. 30 AMP MOTOR RATED SNAP SWITCHES SHALL BE LEVITON MS302-DS. PROVIDED IN NEMA 1 OR 3R ENCLOSURE AS
SHOWN ON DRAWING.
B. SENSOR SWITCH (MOTION SENSOR)
1. WALL SENSOR SWITCH SHALL BE WATT STOPPER DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR LEVITON MODEL
#OSSNIT-GD (FOR SINGLE POLE SWITCHING) & LEVITON MODEL #OSSNID-GD FOR (DUAL SWITCHING).
2. CEILING SENSOR SWITCH SHALL BE WATT STOPPER DUAL -TECHNOLOGY MODE.
3. PROVIDE 120/277V CEILING SENSOR POWER PACK INSTALLED IN J-BOX NEXT TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT.
2.08 RECEPTACLES
A. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE, 20 AMPS, 125 VOLTS, 3-WIRE, SIDE -WIRED WITH BINDING
SCREWS, PARALLEL SLOTS, U-GROUND, PLASTER EARS AND CAPTIVE MOUNTING SCREWS. BODY SHALL BE
PHENOLIC, PLASTIC, OR BAKELITE. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HEAVY-DUTY, 3-BLADE CURRENT CARRYING CONTACT
AND DOUBLEWIDE FLAT BLADE GROUND CONTACTS. PROVIDE ARROW HART 5242-1 HUBBELL 5242-1 OR LEVITON
5242-I. INSTALL GROUND PIN DOWN.
B. SINGLE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE, GROUNDING TYPE, SIDE -WIRED, WITH BINDING SCREWS, AND
SHALL HAVE STANDARD SIZE IVORY BAKELITE BASE. FOR CIRCUITS CONSISTING OF ONE SINGLE RECEPTACLE ONLY,
AMPERE RATING OF RECEPTACLE SHALL BE THE SAME AS CIRCUIT BREAKER OF FUSE. FOR RECEPTACLES RATED 15
AMPS/125 VOLTS, PROVIDE NEMA 5-15R, ARROW -HART 5251-I. FOR RECEPTACLES RATED 20 AMPS / 125 VOLTS,
PROVIDE NENIA 5-20R, ARROW -HART 5721-I, OR EQUAL. INSTALL GROUND PIN DOWN.
2.09 DEVICE PLATES
1. PROVIDE PLATES FOR ALL SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, TELEPHONE AND OTHER OUTLETS.
2. PROVIDE ENGRAVED OR ETCHED PLATES FOR ALL LOCK SWITCHES, PILOT SWITCHES, SWITCHES FROM WHICH
EQUIPMENT OR CIRCUIT CONTROLLED CANNOT BE READILY SEEN, THREE OR MORE SWITCHES UNDER A COMMON
PLATE AND FOR SWITCHES AS INDICATED.
3. STAINLESS STEEL PLATES SHALL BE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) TYPE 302, WITH BEVELED EDGES,
0.040" THICK WITH SATIN SMOOTH FINISH. "SMOOTHIE," HUBBELL #97071 SERIES.
4. PLASTIC COVER PLATE SHALL BE HIGH IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC, HIGH STRENGTH, SCRATCH -RESISTANT, SMOOTH
AND SELF -EXTINGUISHING, HUBBELL "PI" SERIES OR PASS & SEYMOUR RP SERIES.
5. WHERE OUTLETS ARE INDICATED TO BE WEATHERPROOF, PROVIDE AN AISI TYPE 302 STAINLESS WITH DOUBLE HINGED
COVERS, PASS & SEYMOUR #WPD-8.
6. GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES SHALL BE SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR AND HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR SHERARDIZED,
BEVELED EDGES AND 0.040" THICK. GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES SHALL BE USED IN UTILITY AREA.
7. PROVIDE PLATES EQUIPPED WITH CLOSE FITTING OPENINGS FOR THE EXACT DEVICE TO BE USED. PROVIDE PLATES
FOR TELEPHONE OUTLETS EQUIPPED WITH BUSHED OPENINGS.
8. REFER TO SECTION 3.08 FOR LABELING OF PLATES.
9. COVER PLATES ON PRESSED STEEL OUTLET BOXES IN FURRED AREAS, ATTICS, ETC., OR EXPOSED IN MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE OUTLET BOX.
10. COVER PLATES IN LOCATIONS CONCEALED FROM PUBLIC VIEW SHALL HAVE THE CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND SOURCE
FEED POINT HAND LABELED WITH MARKING BLACK PEN (PERMANENT MARKER). SEE SECTION 3.08 FOR LABELING.
11. PROVIDE PLASTIC COVER PLATES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
2.11 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. FURNISH, INSTALL AND WIRE LIGHTING FIXTURES SCHEDULED OR INDICATED BY TYPE DESIGNATION ON THE
DRAWINGS. IF TYPE DESIGNATION IS OMITTED, FIXTURES SHALL BE OF THE SAME TYPE AS SHOWN FOR ROOMS OF
SIMILAR USAGE. VERIFY BEFORE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. NO ALTERNATIVE FIXTURES WILL BE ACCEPTED.
B. LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. VERIFY LOCATION AND SPACING WITH
ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND OTHER REFERENCE DATA BEFORE PURCHASING. COORDINATE
SPACE CONDITIONS, INCLUDING HEADROOM CLEARANCES AND INTERFERENCES WITH CEILING COMPONENTS SUCH
AS DUCTS, OPENINGS, BEAMS AND PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
C. CHECK THE ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES AND, REGARDLESS OF THE CATALOG PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES SHOWN,
FURNISH FIXTURES WITH THE PROPER TRIM, FRAMES, SUPPORTS, HANGERS AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS
APPURTENANCES OR PROPERLY COORDINATE WITH SAID FINISHES. WHERE REQUIRED, FURNISH REINFORCING FOR
CEILING CONSTRUCTION TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURES.
D. FIXTURES SHALL BE FREE OF LIGHT LEAKS AND DESIGNED TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT VENTILATION OF LAMPS AND
BALLASTS, INCLUDING VENT HOLES WHERE REQUIRED. OUTDOOR FIXTURES WITH VENT HOLES SHALL HAVE WIRE
MESH SCREENS IN THE VENT HOLES.
E. REPLACE BLEMISHED, DAMAGED OR UNSATISFACTORY FIXTURES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER AND IN A
MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT.
F. LAMPS
1. LAMPS SHALL BE NEW AND OF WATTAGE AND TYPE INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE PARTICULAR FIXTURE
INSTALLED.
2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, LAMPS DESCRIBED IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE, ANSI NOMENCLATURE, MANUFACTURED BY
GENERAL ELECTRIC, SYLVANIA, PHILLIPS, OR EQUAL.
3. PROVIDE INCANDESCENT LAMPS AND TUNGSTEN -HALOGEN LAMPS AS 130 VOLT RATED WHENEVER SUCH DESIGNS
ARE AVAILABLE.
4. PROVIDE FLUORESCENT LAMPS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS ARE TO BE
INSTALLED WITH THE LABEL FACING THE SAME DIRECTION.
5. PROVIDE HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (H.I.D.) LAMPS OF TYPE AND WATTAGE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. LAMPS
SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH FIXTURE BALLAST. MANUFACTURERS: G.E. CO., PHILLIPS, SYLVANIA, OR EQUAL.
G. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS
1. PROVIDE BALLASTS ONLY BY MANUFACTURERS PRODUCING EQUIPMENT FOR AT LEAST FOUR YEARS.
2. PROVIDE BALLASTS WITH OPERATION AT INPUT FREQUENCY OF 60 HZ AND INPUT VOLTAGE BETWEEN 100 AND 135
VOLTS FOR 120 VOLT SYSTEMS OR BETWEEN 250 AND 310 VOLTS FOR 277 VOLT SYSTEMS.
3. PROVIDE NON -DIMMING ELECTRONIC BALLAST FOR T-8 FLUORESCENT LAMPS AS SHOWN ON DRAWING. THE BALLAST
SHALL BE UL LISTED CLASS P, AND SOUND LEVEL A OR BETTER. THE BALLAST WITH LAMP OPERATING FREQUENCY
BETWEEN 25 TO 35 KHZ. WITH NO FLICKERING. THE BALLAST SHALL HAVE LOWEST HARMONIC CONTENT AND TOTAL
HARMONIC DISTORTION (NOT TO EXCEED 15% ON TOTAL HARMONIC AND 10% ON THIRD HARMONIC CONTENT).
BALLAST SHALL BE ADVANCE MARK V OR EQUAL.
4. PROVIDE DIMMING ELECTRONIC BALLAST FOR FOUR FEET RAPID START LAMP, SAME CHARACTERISTICS AS SPECIFIED
FOR NOWDIMMING WITH DINIMING CAPABILITIES FROM 100% TO 5% OF FULL LIGHT OUTPUT. MANUFACTURED BY ETTA
OR LUTRON (15% TOTAL HARMIONIC AND 10% THIRD HARMONIC CONTENT).
5. BALLASTS FOR EXTERIOR FIXTURES SHALL BE LOW TEMPERATURE TYPE FOR OPERATING AT +20 DEGREES F.
6. PROVIDE HIGH POWER FACTOR BALLASTS (90 PERCENT OR HIGHER) UL LISTED AND CONTAINING NO PCB. BALLAST
SHALL MEET FCC RULES REPORT 18 AND IEEE 587 FOR WITHSTANDING LINE TRANSIENTS.
7. PROVIDE STEEL ENCASED, FULLY POTTED BALLASTS CAPABLE OF STARTING LAMPS AT 0 DEGREES F.
8. BALLAST SHALL MEET FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS:
A. BALLAST FACTOR: 80 TO 100%
B. LAMP CURRENT CREST FACTOR- LESS THAN 1.7.
C. FILAMENT VOLTAGE: 2.5 TO 3.6 VOLTS.
D. FLICKER: LESS THAN 1%.
9. PROVIDE BALLASTS WITH BUILT-IN LINE RFI SUPPRESSION AND HAVE SURGE AND TRANSIENT PROTECTED TO 6000
VOLTS.
10. PROVIDE BALLASTS WITH OPERATING TEMPERATURES NOT EXCEEDING 80 DEGREES C. AT ANY POINT ON THE CASE
DURING NORMAL OPERATION.
11. (3) LAMP BALLASTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
H. HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAMP BALLASTS
1. PROVIDE HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAN,IP BALLASTS AS HIGH POWER FACTOR REGULATING TYPE, CONFORMING TO
APPLICABLE NEMA STANDARDS. INPUT VOLTAGE AND WATTAGES ARE LISTED IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE.
2. MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE: MINUS 20 DEGREES F.
3. PROVIDE HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE BALLASTS OF THE ENCAPSULATED TYPE WITH LOWEST SOUND RATING
AVAILABLE.
I. EXIT SIGNS LIGHTS SHALL BE LED TYPE AND PROVIDED WITH AN INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK.
J. LED LIGHT FIXTURES
A. GENERAL:
1. LED LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH IES, NFPA, UL, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS
SPECIFIED.
2. LED LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE REDUCTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES (ROHS)-COMPLIANT.
3. LED DRIVERS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
a. MINIMUM EFFICIENCY: 85%AT FULL LOAD.
b. MINIMUM OPERATING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: -20 DEG C. (4 DEG F.)
c. INPUT VOLTAGE' 120 - 277V (±10%) AT 60 HZ.
d. INTEGRAL SHORT CIRCUIT, OPEN CIRCUIT, AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION.
e. POWER FACTOR: >=0.95.
f. TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: <=20%.
g. COMPLY WITH FCC 47 CFR PART 15.
4. LED MODULES SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
a. COMPLY WITH IES LM-79 AND LM-80 REQUIREMENTS.
b. MINIMUM CRI 80 AND COLOR TEMPERATURE 4000K UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.
c. MINIMUM RATED LIFE: 50,000 HOURS PER IES L70.
d. LIGHT OUTPUT LUNIENS AS INDICATED IN THE LUN,IINAIRE SCHEDULE.
B. LED DOWNLIGHTS:
1. HOUSING, LED DRIVER, AND LED MODULE SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
C. LED TROFFERS:
1. LED DRIVERS, MODULES, AND REFLECTOR SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE, SERVICEABLE, AND REPLACEABLE FROM BELOW
THE CEILING.
2. HOUSING, LED DRIVER, AND LED MODULE SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
2.12 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL SWITCHBOARDS AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
SWITCHBOARDS SHALL BE OF THE DEAD FRONT SAFETY TYPE EQUIPPED WITH THE THERMAL MAGNETIC 40'C CIRCUIT
BREAKERS.
B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE RATED MINIMUM 10,000 AMPS RMS SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AND SHALL
BE THE NUMBER OF POLES AND CURRENT CAPACITY AS INDICATED ON THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM. SWITCHBOARDS
SHALL BE SQUARE-D, GE, OR EATON/CUTLER HAMMIER.
C. LABEL EACH SWITCHBOARD COMPARTMENT WITH ENGRAVED METAL OR LAMINATED -PLASTIC NAMEPLATE WITH WHITE
LETTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND, MOUNTED WITH CORROSION -RESISTANT SCREWS.
D. ENCLOSURE FINISH FOR OUTDOOR UNITS: NEMA 3R WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE WITH FACTORY -APPLIED FINISH IN
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLOR, UNDERSURFACES TREATED WITH CORROSION -RESISTANT UNDERCOATING.
E. ENCLOSURE FINISH FOR INDOOR UNITS: FACTORY -APPLIED FINISH IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GRAY FINISH
OVER A RUST -INHIBITING PRIMER ON TREATED METAL SURFACE.
F. BARRIERS: BETWEEN ADJACENT SWITCHBOARD SECTIONS.
G. UTILITY METERING COMPARTMENT: FABRICATED COMPARTMENT AND SECTION COMPLYING WITH UTILITY COMPANY'S
REQUIREMENTS. IF SEPARATE VERTICAL SECTION IS REQUIRED FOR UTILITY METERING, MATCH AND ALIGN WITH
BASIC SWITCHBOARD.
H. BUS TRANSITION AND INCOMING PULL SECTIONS: MATCHED AND ALIGNED WITH BASIC SWITCHBOARD.
I. BUSES AND CONNECTIONS: THREE PHASE, FOUR WIRE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
1. PHASE- AND NEUTRAL -BUS MATERIAL: HARD -DRAWN COPPER OF 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY WITH FEEDER
CIRCUIT -BREAKER LINE CONNECTIONS. IF BUS IS COPPER, USE COPPER FOR FEEDER CIRCUIT -BREAKER LINE
CONNECTIONS.
2. LOAD TERMINALS: INSULATED, RIGIDLY BRACED, SILVER-PLATED, COPPER RUNBACK BUS EXTENSIONS EQUIPPED
WITH PRESSURE CONNECTORS FOR OUTGOING CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. PROVIDE LOAD TERMINALS FOR FUTURE
CIRCUIT -BREAKER POSITIONS AT FULL AMPERE RATING OF CIRCUIT -BREAKER POSITION.
3. GROUND BUS: 1A-BY-2-INCH- (6-13Y-50-NIM-) MININIUM-SIZE, HARD -DRAWN COPPER OF 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY,
EQUIPPED WITH PRESSURE CONNECTORS FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH -CIRCUIT GROUND CONDUCTORS. FOR BUSWAY
FEEDERS, EXTEND INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CABLE TO BUSWAY GROUND CONNECTION AND SUPPORT
CABLE AT INTERVALS IN VERTICAL RUN.
4. CONTACT SURFACES OF BUSES: SILVER PLATED.
5. MAIN PHASE BUSES, NEUTRAL BUSES, AND EQUIPMENT GROUND BUSES: UNIFORM CAPACITY FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF
SWITCHBOARD'S MAIN AND DISTRIBUTION SECTIONS. PROVIDE FOR FUTURE EXTENSIONS FROM BOTH ENDS.
6. ISOLATION BARRIER ACCESS PROVISIONS: PERMIT CHECKING OF BUS -BOLT TIGHTNESS.
7. NEUTRAL BUSES: 100 PERCENT OF THE AMPACITY OF PHASE BUSES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, EQUIPPED WITH
PRESSURE CONNECTORS FOR OUTGOING CIRCUIT NEUTRAL CABLES. BUS EXTENSIONS FOR BUSWAY FEEDER
NEUTRAL BUS ARE BRACED.
P. FUTURE DEVICES: EQUIP COMPARTMENTS WITH MOUNTING BRACKETS, SUPPORTS, BUS CONNECTIONS, AND
APPURTENANCES AT FULL RATING OF CIRCUIT -BREAKER COMPARTMENT.
Q. EQUIP DISTRIBUTION SECTIONS WITH FULL HEIGHT VERTICAL BUSSING TO ACCOMMODATE MAXIMUM UTILIZATION OF
SPACE FOR DEVICES.
2.13 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS
A. DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED, HEAVY DUTY TYPE SWITCHES MEETING NEMA SPECIFICATIONS.
SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REJECTION TYPE FUSE BLOCKS. PROVIDE SWITCHES WITH THE NUMBER OF
POLES, THE VOLTAGE, CURRENT AND HORSEPOWER RATINGS AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE EXTERNALLY OPERABLE
QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK TYPE MECHANISM WITH COVER INTERLOCK AND PADLOCKABLE IN EITHER THE OPEN OR
CLOSED POSITION.
B. SWITCHES SHALL BE NEMA 3R (RAIN TIGHT ENCLOSURE) WHERE INDICATED TO BE OUTDOORS WEATHERPROOF.
C. PROVIDE NAMEPLATE INDICATING EQUIPMENT SERVED. ALL GENERAL SNAP SWITCHES OPERATING MOTOR LOADS
SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED OR BE RATED AT LEAST 125% OF THE FULL LOAD CURRENT.
2.15 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL WIRING FOR MOTORS, STARTERS, CONTROLS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED
BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WHERE MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ARE FURNISHED BY OTHER
DIVISIONS, WIRING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT WHERE WIRED
INTEGRALLY WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
B. CONNECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS FOR ALL MECHANICAL AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED
UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS, AND BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER FOR CONNECTION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
2.16 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. ALL EQUIPMENT CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED, ANCHORED AND BRACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST
STRINGENT CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 23 OF THE LATEST CBC (CALIFORNIA BUILDING
CODE).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION
A. WORKMANSHIP AND NEAT APPEARANCE SHALL BE AS IMPORTANT AS THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY.
DEFECTIVE AND DAMAGED MATERIALS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED PRIOR TO FINAL INTERPRETATIONS
INCLUDED. ANY DEFICIENCY PERTAINING TO EITHER WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS FOUND BY THE INSPECTOR SHALL
BE CORRECTED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ON JOB SITE A SET OF THE WORKING DRAWINGS WHICH SHALL BE UPDATED DAILY
IN DETAIL FOR WORK ACCOMPLISHED. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, A SET OF REPRODUCIBLE CONTRACT
DRAWINGS SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL CHANGES AS NOTED ON THE RECORD
SET OF PRINTS SHALL BE INCORPORATED THEREON WITH RED INK IN A NEAT, LEGIBLE, UNDERSTANDABLE AND
PROFESSIONAL MANNER.
C. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL CONNECTED WITH THIS PROJECT SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE, THOROUGHLY
CLEANED, AND ALL RESIDUE REMOVED FROM INSIDE SURFACES. EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL MATERIAL AND
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEANED AND DELIVERED IN A PERFECT, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION.
D. UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION AND AS A CONDITION OF ITS ACCEPTANCE FURNISH ONE COPY OF THE
FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE TO THE OWNER.
3.02 PREPARATION COORDINATION.
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS FURNISHING LABOR, MATERIALS
AND WORK, SO THAT THE WORK AS WHOLE SHALL BE EXECUTED AND COMPLETED WITHOUT CONFLICT OR DELAY.
B. EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND DETERMINE THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE ELECTRICAL,
MECHANICAL AND OTHER TRADES. PROVIDE THE TYPE AND AMOUNT OF ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
NECESSARY TO PLACE THIS WORK IN PROPER OPERATION, COMPLETELY WIRED TESTED AND READY FOR USE. THIS
SHALL INCLUDE ALL CONDUIT, WIRE, DISCONNECTS, RELAYS, AND OTHER DEVICES FOR THE REQUIRED OPERATION
SEQUENCE OF ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND OTHER SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT.
C. PERFORM ALL WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL NOT CAUSE UNNECESSARY INCONVENIENCE OR DANGER TO THE
OCCUPANTS, NOR INTERFERE WITH THE ACTIVITIES IN THE BUILDING.
D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE EACH POWER INTERRUPTION WITH OWNER, AND SHALL
PROVIDE AT LEAST TWO WEEKS NOTICE OF PROPOSED INTERRUPTION AND WORK TO BE ACCOMPLISHED.
3.04 CORE CUTTING, DRILLING, AND PATCHING
A. NO HOLES WILL BE ALLOWED IN ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT
OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
3.05 INSTALLATION
A. WORKMANSHIP IS TO BE NEAT, BY EXPERIENCED WORKMEN WITH ADEQUATE SUPERVISION, AND IN LINE WITH
NORMAL INDUSTRY WORK PRACTICES.
B. MAINTAIN WORKING CLEARANCE AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS AS A
MINIMUM.
C. WHERE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN CONFLICT WITH LOCATIONS OF
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND MECHANICAL OR OTHER EQUIPMENT, FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED SUPPORTS
AND WIRING TO CLEAR THE ENCROACHMENT.
D. VERIFY LOCATION OF EACH OUTLET FOR POWER, SIGNAL, TELEPHONE/DATA, AND EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH
ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. INCLUDE IN BID COST OF RELOCATING EACH ITEM WITHIN TEN -FEET RADIUS OF ITS
INDICATED LOCATION.
E. ALL CONDUIT TO BE RUN CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE ROUTED OVERHEAD IN
CEILING SPACES. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE PERMITTED IN CONCRETE SLAB, MASONRY WALLS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
SO INDICATED. CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OTHER PIPING FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT.
F. WHERE ALLOWED, EXPOSED CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS,
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, OR INTERSECTION OF VERTICAL PLANES AND CEILINGS.
G. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS PASSING THROUGH FIRE RATED CEILINGS, SLABS,
CABLE TRAYS, WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF FIRE, SMOKE, AND GASSES.
USE A UL LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE -STOP MATERIAL EQUAL TO RATING OF A WALL OR A FLOOR SLAB PENETRATED;
INSTALLATION OF FIRE -STOP MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
H. UNLESS WRITTEN PERMISSION IS GRANTED BY THE ARCHITECT, NO MATERIAL SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE EXTERIOR
WALLS OR PARAPET TOP OF THE BUILDING.
I. ALL ROTATING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH A FLEXIBLE, LIQUID -TIGHT CONDUIT WITH
APPROPRIATE SLACK AND SHALL NOT EXCEED THIRTY-SIX (36) INCHES.
J. ALL POWER WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT.
K. TELEPHONE WIRES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED CABLE FOR MOUNTING IN CEILING SPACES WITHOUT CONDUIT UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
L. ALL WIRES FOR ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM SWITCH TO TERMINAL OR FURTHEST OUTLET. NO JOINTS
SHALL BE MADE EXCEPT IN PULL, JUNCTION OR OUTLET BOXES, OR IN PANEL OR SWITCHBOARD GUTTERS.
M. ALL RECEPTACLE, CONTROL DEVICE, AND SWITCH MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH
ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN.
3.06 GROUNDING
A. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY GROUNDED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LATEST
EDITION OF APPLICABLE CODES.
B. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT AND CLAMPS. THE SIZE OF THE GROUNDING
CONDUCTORS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN THE NEC.
C. BUILDING GROUNDING SYSTEM RESISTANCE TO GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 25 OHMS.
D. EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CODE SIZE GREEN GROUND, EQUIPMENT WIRE (PER NEC 250-95)
(NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) WITHIN THE SAME CONDUIT FOR ALL CIRCUITS OF PANELBOARDS.
3.07 BRANCH CIRCUITS
A. NO MORE THAN THREE BRANCH CIRCUITS PERMITTED IN ONE CONDUIT UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE
3.08 IDENTIFICATION
A. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH NAMEPLATES:
1. ALL MOTORS, MOTOR STARTERS, CONTROL PANELS, MOTORS CONTROL REMOTE STATIONS.
2. ALL DISCONNECT AND SAFETY SWITCHES, MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER OVERCURRENT DEVICES AND SPARES,
CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT IN SEPARATE ENCLOSURES.
3. SPECIAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED AT JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
4. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL BOARDS SHALL HAVE IDENTIFYING ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES. ALSO, PROVIDE A
TYPED DIRECTORY CARD FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. THE CARD IS TO BE PLACED ON THE INTERIOR
SIDE OF THE PANELBOARD DOOR BEHIND A CLEAR PLASTIC SHIELD. THE CARD SHALL IDENTIFY EACH CIRCUIT BY
NUMBER, LOAD, AND LOCATION.
5. IN GENERAL, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS DESIGNATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NAMEPLATES FOR
PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS SHALL INCLUDE THE PANEL DESIGNATION, VOLTAGE AND PHASE OF THE SUPPLY
AND THE SOURCE PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT NUMBER (INCLUDE LOCATION IF SOURCE IS NOT WITHIN SIGHT). THE
NAME OF THE MACHINE SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE NAME USED ON ALL MOTOR STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND P.B
STATION NAMEPLATES FOR THAT MACHINE.
B. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE FABRICATED AS FOLLOWS:
1. NAMEPLATE MATERIALS SHALL CONSIST OF 3-PLY, 1/16" LAMINATED PLASTIC WITH WHITE CORE FOR LETTERING AND
BLACK BACKGROUND.
2. CAPITAL LETTERS SHALL BE USED.
3. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE FASTENED WITH CADNIIUM-PLATED SELF -TAPPING NO.6 SCREWS 1/4" LONG
4. THE MINIMUM SIZE OF ALL NAME PLATES AND LETTERING SHALL BE 3/4" HIGH BY 2" LONG WITH 1/4" LETTERS.
3.09 PROTECTION
A. USE ALL MEANS NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE WORK AND MATERIALS FROM LOSS DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION,
AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND PROPER STORAGE FACILITIES DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. PROVIDE FOR
THE SAFETY AND GOOD CONDITION OF ALL WORK UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER. REPLACE
ALL DAMAGE OR DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER BEFORE
REQUESTING FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
3.10 CLEANING OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, AND PREMISES
A. SITE SHALL BE LEFT BROOM CLEAN AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK EACH DAY. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK,
LEAVE THE PREMISES CLEAN OF ALL DIRT AND DEBRIS.
B. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL CONNECTED WITH THIS PROJECT SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE, THOROUGHLY
CLEANED, AND ALL RESIDUE REMOVED FROM INSIDE SURFACES. EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL MATERIAL AND
EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEANED AND DELIVERED IN A PERFECT, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION.
3.11 HANDLING OF WIRE AND CABLE
A. HANDLE WIRE AND CABLE SO AS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO CONDUCTORS AND TAKE EVERY PRECAUTION TO AVOID SHARP
BENDING OR SCORING OF THE CABLE. CABLE SHALL NOT BE LAID NOR DRAGGED UPON THE GROUND.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE AND REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE ALL WIRE AND CABLE
DAMAGED DUE TO IMPROPER HANDLING, AND SHALL PAY FOR THE NEW WIRE OR CABLE.
3.12 TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND ARRANGE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS
FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT OR WORK.
C. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE TESTED FOR CONTINUITY AND CIRCUIT INTEGRITY BY THE CONTRACTOR. ADJUSTMENTS
SHALL BE MADE FOR CIRCUITS NOT COMPLYING WITH TESTING CRITERIA.
D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL INSTRUMENTS AND PERFORM ANY ADDITIONAL TESTS REQUIRED BY THE
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO CORRECT ALL FAILURES AND REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
PORTIONS OF THE WORK RESULTING FROM THOSE TESTS. THE COST OF THE FOREGOING ITEMS SHALL BE PAID BY
THE CONTRACTOR.
E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY THE ELECTRICAL
INSPECTION AUTHORITY ON ALL WORK COMPETED AS REQUIRED.
F. CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS AND DIVISION-1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO WORK
OF THIS SECTION.
G. COMPLETE ALL WSEC REQUIRED CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSTALLATION (NRCI) AND CERTIFICATE(S) OF ACCEPTANCE
(NRCA) TO BE COMPLETED PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
tgblarchitects
14nMMO ?*>70AoN Ob?10
r as n4 M3 idn0111h m !=
�_I�wilI�t�ooi*
ow "a n
RECEIVED
Dec 11 2024
CITY OF EDMONDS
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
DEPARTMENT
QDI'o )a- $I . suite 106
Eamondt. wA 9WX
Pie. 425.458.9700
Fou 909,890 3770
Emd c000voesig"woesten com
DESIGN WEST ENGINEERING
MECHANiCAJ • KECMCAL • E*WGY C0►4VJANR
�"O 1 I
024
HRS SWEDISH
EDMONDS PHP/IOPI
21701 76th AVE W, SUITE 200
EDMONDS, WA 98026
DOH / PERMIT / BID►
SET'
ELECTRICAL,
SPECIFICATIONS',
ISSUANCE
No. Description Date
PROJECT INFORIM1111U111
PROJECT NUMBER 24-220
PROJECT LEAD: LM
DRAWN BY: BZ
SHEET NO
E4mOl
1 1 2
3 1 4
5 1 6 I 7
8 I 9
10
11
24-220